Dot2DotCommunications - User contributions [en]

Slot Structure assignments

2013-08-06T11:58:45Z

Administrator:

Slot Structure assignments are a listing of where and when each [[Slot Structure]] is associated with a [[Players|Player]]. Each Player can have only 1 Slot Structure associated with it at any given time. This Slot Structure assignment will produce a set of [[Player slots]] that act as your list of all available time frames that your company sells to their clients.

Slot Structure assignments

2013-08-06T11:58:23Z

Administrator:

Slot Structure assignments are a listing of where and when each [[Slot Structure]] is associated with a [[Players|Player]]. Each Player can have only 1 Slot Structure associated with it at any given time. This Slot Structure assignment will produce a set of [[Player Slots]] that act as your list of all available time frames that your company sells to their clients.

Slot Structure assignments

2013-08-06T11:41:29Z

Administrator: Created page with "Type topic text here."

Type topic text here.

Players

2013-08-06T11:41:06Z

Administrator: /* Slot Structure Assignments */

In Ad Manager, users can identify their digital inventory. This inventory is located under a [[Site]] as "Players". Each Player in Ad Manager links to a Player/Output combination in [[http://www.scala.com Scala]] Content Manager.

== Attachments ==
The Attachments Page is where documents can be stored for the Face. You can create a document library showing different files or documents, of any file type (TXT, DOC, XLS, PDF), with each Face. TAB audits and Inactivity work orders are a couple of examples of what can be saved here.

Need image

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Attachments pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new item for this Player. A window will appear where you can select the desired file.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete an item for this Player. Highlight the item, and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Open the document or File item. Highlight the item and click the properties button.

[[File:New_save_button.JPG]]- Save the item to you computer or network drives. Highlight the item, and click on the Save As button.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Face|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Face Tools Menu|click here]].

== Categories ==
The Categories Page maintains a listing of all items that have been specified as positive conditions or restrictions at a Player. Site conditions and restrictions are inherited by each Player and are shown in this window.

Items in the Conditions box on the left side of the screen are considered to be positive attributes for this Player. Items in the Restrictions box on the right side of the screen are considered to be negative attributes.

Need image

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Categories pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Condition or Restriction to the Player. If you are adding a new condition (positive attribute), select the [[File:New_add_button.JPG]] above the left box. If you are adding a restriction (negative attribute), select the [[File:New_add_button.JPG]] above the right box.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Condition or Restriction from the Player. If you are removing a condition (positive attribute), select the [[File:New_delete_button.JPG]] above the left box. If you are removing a restriction (negative attribute), select the [[File:New_delete_button.JPG]] above the right box.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Face|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Face Tools Menu|click here]].

If the word "Yes" appears in either Inherited column, this indicates that the condition or restriction has been set at the Site level, and it applies to all Players at the Site. You cannot add or Delete Site Conditions or Restrictions from the Player.

== Classification ==
The Classification Page provides you with the ability of assigning specific characteristics to a PLayer. These Face classifications can be used when scheduling Players to Contracts by specifying the target classification.

Need image

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Classification pane are:

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- The properties button allows you to select a classification value for the classification item currently highlighted.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Face|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Face Tools Menu|click here]].

The pane in the bottom portion of the screen shows each of the classification categories that you have set up (for information on adding Classification Categories, see [[Custom classifications|Custom Classifications]]).

To enter a value, double click on the classification you wish to specify a value for, and select it from the list. If the value you wish to select is not on the list, you must add it from the Classifications Table (for information on adding Classification Values, see [[Custom classifications|Custom Classifications]]).

==Day Parts==
The Day Parts page provides a listing of all Day Parts that have been created when defining the [[Slot Structure]]. You cannot add, edit or remove Day Parts from this screen. If you wish to change Day Parts, this must be done by creating a new [[Slot Structure]] and applying it to the Player.

Need image

The Day Parts screen shows the details of all Day Parts that have been assigned to a Player. It will show when they were active, the Frame they are scheduled for, the Name of the Day Part, the maximum loop length for this Day Part, the duration that this Day Part covers over the course of the day, and the frequency of plays that can be expected for a campaign scheduled to this Day Part.

==Details==
The Details page shows the basic information about the Player.

Need image

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Face|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Face Tools Menu|click here]].

Fill in the appropriate information for each field. Select the appropriate item from any of the drop down lists (in the [[File:New_dropdown_button.JPG]] boxes) or type in the information if it is not present.

=== Fields ===

Name: This is the name of the Player as it appears in Scala Content Manager. This name must match in order for data to be transferred between the two systems.

Output: This is the output number of the Player as it appears in Scala Content Manager. This name must match in order for data to be transferred between the two systems.

Description: This is where you can enter the name of the player as you may wish to refer to it.

Area: This is where you specify the predetermined geographic area where this Face is located.

Screens: This is the number of screens that are controlled by the Player/Output.

==Exceptions==

This page shows any issues that may have occurred at the Player. This list can be manually populated so you can have a history of any issues.

Need image

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new exception for this Player. A window will appear where you can enter the information about the issue that occurred.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete an exception for this Player. Highlight the item, and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Open the document or File item. Highlight the item and click the properties button.

== Inactivity ==
The Inactivity Page maintains a history of all dates that a Site or Face has been/will be inactive.

Need image

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Inactivity pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- To add an inactivity, click the New button. When selected, a screen will appear asking for the reason for the inactivity, the date range the PLayer will be inactive, and any other notes you wish to maintain about this inactive time frame.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- To delete an inactivity period from the list, highlight it and click on the Delete button. You cannot delete a Site Inactivity from the Player.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- To modify an inactivity period, highlight it and click the Properties button. Make the appropriate changes to the dates or notes, and click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Face|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Face Tools Menu|click here]].

Inactivity items with a "Yes" in the Site column indicate they are Site inactivities and affect all Players at the Site.

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Inactivity periods to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see inactivity periods with particular start dates, end dates, durations, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

==Indoor Maps==
The Indoor Maps page allows you to specify the location of the Player on maps used to display the location of indoor or place based media. You cannot import a new map from the Indoor Map page, only select an existing map to position the Player on. If you wish to import a new map, this must be done from the [[Places]] database.

Need image

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- To add an Indoor Map, click the New button. When selected, a screen will appear asking for the Place to load the map from. Select your filter criteria, click OK, select the map you have loaded and click OK again.

Need image

When you have the map of the Place displayed, you can identify the position of the Player by clicking on the Set Coordinates icon (Need image). You can move the cursor to the desired location on the map and click. The player location will be marked with a "[" icon. This icon can be rotated counterclockwise by entering the amount you wish to rotate it in the Angle (Degrees) box. Once you have positioned your Player, click the Save and Close icon.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- To delete an Indoor Map from the list, highlight it and click on the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- To modify an Indoor Map, highlight it and click the Properties button. Make the appropriate changes and click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

== Line of Sight ==
Ad Manager allows users to establish line of sight relationships between PLayers. Any scheduling done to any Players that have a line of sight relationship will automatically be checked to ensure there are no advertiser or category conflicts.

Need image

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Line Of Sight pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- If you wish to add a new line of sight relationship between the current Player and another, click the New button. Ad Manager will prompt you for the Player details, or you can click the More button to filter for the desired Player. Ad Manager automatically enters the inverse relationship between the two Players.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- If you wish to delete a line of sight relationship, highlight the affected Player in the pane and click the Delete button. Ad Manager automatically deletes the inverse relationship between the two Players.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- If you wish to view information related to the Player that is in line of sight, highlight it and click the Properties button. Ad Manager will display the information for this Player.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Face|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Face Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Players to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Players related to a particular market, area, facing a particular way, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

== Map ==
The Player Map Page provides you with the ability to view the Player on a map and to edit the latitude and longitude information for the Player (this allows you to position a Player on a Site in a different position than the other Players associated with it) directly on the map.

Need image

Tool buttons specific to the PLayer Map Page:

[[File:New_zoom_in.JPG]]- By placing the Zoom In tool over the map, you can click to see the map zoomed in twice as close as before, centered where you clicked. If you hold your left mouse button down and drag the mouse, you will see a box being drawn on the map. When you release the left mouse button, Ad Manager will zoom into the specified area.

[[File:New_zoom_out_button.JPG]]- By placing the Zoom Out tool over the map, you can click to see the map zoomed out twice as much as before, centered where you clicked. If you hold your left mouse button down and drag the mouse, you will see a box being drawn on the map. When you release the left mouse button, Ad Manager will shrink the map to the size specified by the box.

[[File:New_pan_button.JPG]]- The Pan tool allows you to move the map to see different areas not visible on the screen. To use the Pan tool, put your mouse over the map, hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse. The map will move with the Pan tool; when you release the mouse button, Ad Manager will draw the new area of the map.

[[File:New_label_map_button.JPG]]- The Label Map Feature allows you to click on an item on the map, and have Ad Manager automatically label it for you.

[[File:New_set_lat_long_button.JPG]]- The Set the Latitude/Longitude of the Player tool allows you to geocode your Site quickly, easily and accurately. Using the other tools, find the correct location of this Plauer on your map, select this tool and click on the appropriate spot. Ad Manager will automatically update the latitude and longitude of this Player, and place a symbol there, indicating this is where the Player is.

[[File:New_centre_button.JPG]]- The Center the Map on this Site tool allows you to reposition the map with this Player centered.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Site|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Site Tools Menu|click here]].

=== Fields ===

Center - This displays the latitude and longitude co-ordinates at the center of the map currently visible.

Latitude - The latitude is how many degrees north (positive value) or south (negative value) of the equator the Player is.

Longitude - The longitude is how many degrees east (negative value) or west (positive value) of the Prime Meridian the Player is.

Zoom Distance - The zoom distance is the distance (in miles) across the width of the map.

== Notes ==
The Notes Page allows you to store general notes about the Player.

Need image

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Face|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Face Tools Menu|click here]].

If you wish to enter a general note for the Player, click in the Notes pane and type the appropriate information. You must click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button to save your changes.

== Player Slots ==
The Player Slots page provides a listing of all saleable advertising opportunities that have been created when defining the [[Slot Structure]]. Player Slots are single Day Parts, Day Parts that have been combined so they can be sold as a unit, or they can be Triggers. A Player Slot is what your company sells, and what is ultimately scheduled on a Subcontract. You cannot add, edit or remove Player Slots from this screen. If you wish to change Player Slots, this must be done by creating a new Slot Structure and applying it to the Player.

Need image

The Player Slots screen shows the details of all Player Slots that have been assigned to a Player. It will show when they were active, the Frame they are scheduled for, the Name of the Player Slot, the maximum loop length for this Player Slot, the duration that this Player Slot covers over the course of the day, and the frequency of plays that can be expected for a campaign scheduled to this Player Slot.

When double clicking on a Player Slot, you will see more detail related to this particular Player Slot.

Need image

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Rate Card for this Player Slot. A window will appear where you can enter the desired Player Slot Rate Card information.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete Rate Card for this Player Slot. Highlight the item, and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Open the Rate Card. Highlight the item and click the properties button.

=== Adding Rates ===

When viewing a Player Slot, you can assign rates to the Player Slot (note that you can assign the same rate to multiple slots by highlighting a list of Player Slots, right clicking and choosing Update and selecting the desired Rate Schedule). To do this, you would go to the Rate Cards tab and click the New button.

For more information on adding a Rate Card to a Player Slot, see [[Rate cards (digital)]]

== Playlists ==
The Playlists page shows you a listing of all Playlists that are to be send to Scala Content Manager. Each Playlist contains all campaigns that will play as part of a loop for the date range specified. Every time a new campaign is scheduled to a Player, Ad Manager modifies all affected Playlists automatically.

Need image

The listing of Playlists shows information about when a Playlist will start playing, when it will stop playing and the Frame and Day Part affected. The list will also display the number of items that are scheduled to play in the loop, as well as the amount of time the loop will take to play once.

To view a Playlist, double click on the desired item.

Need image

The Playlist screen allows you to see the items that are to play for the selected time frame, as allows you to determine the order of play.

=== Fields ===
Loop Structure: The user can assign a Loop Structure to a Playlist. Doing so will allow you to have items play in a specific order, based on the Loop Segment assigned to each item on a Subcontract. To apply a loop structure, go to the Tools menu and click "Apply Loop Structure".

Auto-shuffle: This feature allows you to randomize the Playlist each time through the loop.

Sequence approved: This allows the user to mark that the Playlist has been reviewed and put into the desired order. If a new item is scheduled to the Playlist, the Sequence approved is removed so the user knows they need to review the Playlist again.

Entries: The Entries window shows the order that items in the Playlist will play. If there are items that are in conflict with items immediately adjacent to them, a red flag (Need image) will appear. This indicates that the items should be separated.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- After you have highlighted a Playlist item, you can see more information about it by clicking the properties button, or by double clicking the Playlist item. Ad Manager allows you to view the details of the Playlist item.

[[File:New_move_up_button.JPG]]- The Move Up button allows you to move the highlighted Playlist item up in the order of Playlist items.

[[File:New_move_down_button.JPG]]- The Move Down button allows you to move the highlighted Playlist item down in the order of Playlist items.

Adjacency constraints: When an item is highlighted in the Entries window, any items that are in the Playlist that will generate an Adjacency constraint will be listed. If you wish for Ad Manager to change the order of items to remove the conflict on your behalf, go to the Tools menu and select "Re-shuffle".

== Reservations ==
The Reservations page shows a listing of all Subcontract Reservations that have been scheduled to Player Slots on this Player.

Need image

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- If you wish to delete an unpublished Reservation, highlight the Reservation in the pane and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- If you wish to view information related to the Reservation, highlight it and click the Properties button. Ad Manager will display the information for this Reservation.

== Slot Structure Assignments ==
The Slot Structure Assignments page displays a list of all [[Slot Structure assignments]] that have been applied to this Player. Each [[Slot Structure]] will define the Day Parts, Triggers and Player Slots for this Player.

Need image

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- To assign a Slot Structure to the Player, click the New button. When selected, a screen will appear asking for the date this Slot Structure takes effect for this Player, and the Slot Structure to use.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- To delete a Slot Structure Assignment that has not had any scheduling done for this Player, highlight it and click on the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- To modify a Slot Structure Assignment for a Slot Structure that has not had any scheduling done for this Player, highlight it and click the Properties button. Make the appropriate changes to the dates or notes, and click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

== Triggers ==
The Triggers page provides a listing of all Triggers that have been created when defining the Slot Structure. You cannot add, edit or remove Triggers from this screen. If you wish to change Triggers, this must be done by creating a new Slot Structure and applying it to the Player.

Need image

The Triggers screen shows the details of all Triggers that have been assigned to a Player. It will show when they were active, the Frame they are scheduled for, the Name of the Trigger, the maximum loop length for this Trigger, the duration that this Trigger covers over the course of the day, and the frequency of plays that can be expected for a campaign scheduled to this Trigger.

== User Fields ==
Ad Manager allows users to create their own fields to store information for use throughout the program. These User fields can be filtered on when doing a find.

Need image

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the User Fields pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- The New button allows you to create a new User field. When a User field is created, Ad Manager creates it for every Player.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- The Delete button allows you to delete the highlighted User field. When a user field is deleted, it is deleted from every Player.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Clicking the Properties button will allow you to change the name of the highlighted User field. When the name of a user field is changed, it is changed for every Player.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Face|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Face Tools Menu|click here]].

To change the value assigned to a user field, double click the User field to edit, and type in the new value in. Press the Enter key on your keyboard to save your change. Every user field does not need to be filled in for a Player, only those items that relate to this Player.

Markets

2013-08-05T00:46:31Z

Administrator:

== Markets ==
Markets are regions for which contracts are sold; a market is made up of one or more different [[Areas|AREAS]].

The MARKETS database is used when creating and charting a contract. When inputting a contract, a market (consisting of areas) is selected to provide the client with an agreed upon distribution of faces in their target area(s). When charting, the MARKETS database is accessed to determine what distribution of faces within each area in the market should be provided according to the market definition. This will either avoid or allow skewings of each campaign to certain areas. These are default distributions for each market defined. The percentages can be modified on a per contract basis.

== Adding a New Market ==

To add a new Market, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Market. The Market Details Window will appear, and a new Market can be entered.

[[File:New_New_Market.JPG]]

=== Adding Area Distribution Factor ===
Each market is defined as a combination of smaller areas. Each area can in turn be part of more than one market. For more information on the definition of areas within a market see [[FAQ and General Info#What is an Area?|What is an Area?]]

For each specific market you must enter a default percentage distribution that represents the number of faces located in each area in relation to all areas within the market definition. For example if 15% of all faces in a market are physically located in the southeast area of the market the distribution factor of 15% should be set for the southeast area.

When a market is identified on a Subcontract the system automatically assumes that the faces on the subcontract should be distributed among the areas of the market using the default percentage distribution (this can be modified for specific subcontracts see [[Contract How To#Adding a Subcontract|Adding a Subcontract]] for more information).

To enter the default area distribution for each market go the Ad Manager Explorer window, open the Other Databases folder and click on All Markets. Double click the desired name on the right side of the screen. Once selected the user will see the following Market Detail screen:

[[File:New_Other_Market_Detail.JPG]]

To add a new area to the market definition click on the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) on the Details Tab and select the area to be added. The area must already be in system in order to add it to a market. A percentage distribution for that area also needs to be entered. Note that the percentages must add up to 100%. Ad Manager will proportionately adjust any figures entered to total 100%.

If you are modifying previously entered areas double click on the existing percentage to the right of the area that requires changing or click on the area name and select the properties button ([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]) to enter the new number.

Population information is entered on the Population page. The new population will take affect based on the AS OF date. Population figures will affect GRP values for faces on existing and planned contracts.

[[File:New_Market_Population.JPG]]

== Modifying a Market ==

To modify a Market, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

== Deleting a Market ==

To delete a Market, there must be no contracts associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the market.

Location How To

2013-08-05T00:45:31Z

Administrator: /* Deleting a Utility Account */

How To Page for Location.

== Add Neighbours ==
Ad Manager allows users to identify any stores that are in close proximity to each Site. This is done by adding stores to the Neighbors page. When scheduling, Ad Manager can find only those Faces that are on Sites close to particular stores (this is done through the Subcontract Template Page, [[Charting How To#Setting Targeting Requirements|Face Properties]]).

=== Adding a Neighbor ===

To add a Neighbor, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Neighbors Page. From here you can click on the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) . A window will appear where you can select a Neighbor from the list, or click <New...> to enter a store not already on the list. You can add multiple Neighbors to each Site.

[[File:New_Site_Neighbours.JPG]]

=== Deleting a Neighbor ===

If you need to delete a Neighbor from the Site, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Neighbors Page. From here you can highlight the appropriate Neighbor and click on the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). This will remove the Neighbor from the Site, but will not delete the Neighbor from any other Sites.

== Add Utility Accounts to a Site ==
Ad Manager allows you to enter multiple Utility Accounts into the system. This allows you to track the status of existing and previously used Utility Accounts.

=== Adding a Utility Account ===

To add an existing Utility Account to a Site, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Utility Accounts Page. From here you can click on the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). Select the appropriate Utility Account from the list, or select <NEW> to create a new Utility Account and associate it to the Site at the same time.

[[File:New_Add_Utility_Account.JPG]]

For details on creating a new Utility Account in Ad Manager, [[Utility accounts|click here]].

=== Editing a Utility Account ===

If you need to change some information about a Utility Account, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Utility Accounts Page. From here you can highlight the appropriate Utility Account, double click it or click on the Properties button ([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]). The Utility Account - Details window will appear where you can enter in the appropriate information.

=== Deleting a Utility Account ===

If you need to delete a Utility Account from the list, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Utility Accounts Page. From here you can highlight the appropriate Utility Account and click on the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) on this Page.

For details on deleting a Utility Account from Ad Manager, [[Utility accounts|click here]].

== Adding a Face ==
In Ad Manager you can add a Face by going to the Site Details window and selecting the Faces page. To Add a new Face, click the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). This will open the Face window. Alternately, you can add a Face from the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) from any window, click on the arrow to the right of the New icon, and select Face. The following screen will appear:

[[File:New_Add_New_Face.JPG]]

From this screen you can select the Site that this Face will belong to by clicking on the ellipsis ([[File:New_ellipsis.JPG]]). To add a new Face to a New Site, select "New..." from the menu. This will open a blank Site - Details window for you to enter information from scratch. If you wish to create the new Face on an existing Site, pick "Select..." from the menu. This will allow you to filter for the desired Site to add the new Face to.

When adding a new Face from a existing Face window, click on the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]).

If you wish to copy the information from the Face already displayed, and only change a couple of information items, click the "Copy the properties of the current Face" button. If you wish to add a new Face without any information entered, do not click this button.

On the Face window, enter in the appropriate information for each field and click on the Save icon ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]). If you wish to save this Face and add another, click on the Save and New icon([[File:New_save_and_new_button.JPG]]). If you wish to save this Face and close the window, click on the Save and Close icon ([[File:New_save_and_close_button.JPG]]).

[[File:New_Face_Details.JPG]]

=== Details Page ===

In the Face window, enter in the appropriate information related to this particular Face. For more information on each item, see the [[Face#Detail|Face Details Page]] screen.

=== Categories Page ===

The Categories page allows you to specify the positive and negative characteristics of this Face. Ad Manager allows you to target or avoid Faces based on these categories during the scheduling process. If you wish to add conditions or restrictions for a Site, add the condition(s) and/or restriction(s) from the Site Categories Page. Any conditions or restrictions on a Face that have been inherited from the Site are marked with a "Yes".

For information on adding conditions and restrictions to a Site or a Face, see [[Location How To#Adding Location Conditions|Adding Location Conditions]].

=== Line of Sight Page ===

The Line of Sight page allows you to identify any other Faces that you do not want to post competing or conflicting copy on. Typically, this is a listing of all Faces that can be seen at the same time you are viewing this Face.

For information on adding Faces to the line of sight, see [[Face#Line of Sight|Line of Sight]].

=== Inactivity Page ===

The Inactivity page allows you to enter any date ranges where the Face will be inactive. Ad Manager will consider this Face inactive during the date range specified. To enter inactive dates for a Site, add the inactivity from the Site Details window.

For information on how to add inactivity to a Site or a Face, see [[Face#Inactivity|Inactivity]].

=== Circulation Page ===

The Circulation Page allows you to maintain a history of circulation data for each Face. Ad Manager will determine the circulation to use for each Subcontract based on the Subcontract's dates and the "As Of" date for the circulation.

To add the circulation for a Face, go to the Circulation Page and click the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button. Select the date the circulation is to be used from in the "As Of" field. Enter the auto counts from each road section that is used to determine the circulation in separate fields, as Ad Manager will combine them to provide the total circulation. If you have a count station ID for where the count was taken from, this can be entered in the corresponding Count Station field. You can also enter in any pedestrian count information you may have.

=== Images Page ===

The Images page allows you to add any photographs, video or Surround View images specifically related to the Face. These can later be used in client presentations and Photo Sheets.

For information on how to add multimedia for a Face, see [[Face#Images|Images]].

=== Attachments Page ===

The Attachments page allows you to attach any documents or files to a Face. These can be files of type XLS, DOC, PDF, etc. about the Face.

For information on how to attach documents to a Face, see [[Face#Attachments|Attachment]].

=== Notes Page ===

The Notes page allows you to store information specific to the Face. Information entered into the Posting Card Notes field will appear on a posting card every time a card is printed for that Face. The Notes section allows you to store notes that are not printed on any reports.

=== Classification Page ===

Ad Manager allows you to maintain a listing of non-advertiser or category factors that can be targeted while charting (e.g. board rating, income level, ethnicity). Each Face can be assigned a desired value, which can be searched for when undertaking the market scheduling. To add the values for the classifications, click on the Classification Page, highlight the classification you wish to enter information for, click on the value field and select the desired value.

For information on adding classifications, see [[Contract How To#Custom Classification Factors|Custom Classification Factors]].

=== User fields Page ===

The User fields page allows you to create and maintain your own fields of information. You can store and use additional information not contained elsewhere in Ad Manager about every Face in your inventory.

==== Creating a User field ====

To create a new User field, click the New button. Ad Manager will then prompt you for the name of the User field. Once this is saved, the new User field will appear. To enter data relating to the User field, click on the User field you wish to add information for, then double click in the Value field and begin typing. To save your data entry, hit the Enter key on your keyboard.

For more information on User fields see [[Face#User Fields|User fields]].

=== Posting Schedules Page ===

Ad Manager allows you to see the past and future activity on a Face through the Posting Schedules Page. For more information on Posting History, see [[Location How To#View a Face History|View Face History]].

=== Posting Tasks Page ===

The Posting Tasks Page allows you to enter posting related information (including Billposter assignments and completion information) for any campaign assigned to the Face.

== Adding a Site by Duplicating a Site ==
In addition to adding Sites by entering information from scratch, Ad Manager allows you to duplicate an existing Site to create a brand new one. When a site is duplicated, the same number of Faces are created on the new Site as on the old one.

To create a new Site through duplication, go to the Site you wish to copy from, go to the Tools menu, and select Duplicate. Alternately, you can highlight any Site from a Filter or from the Ad Manager Explorer window, and right click on it to select Duplicate.

[[File:New_Duplicate_Site.JPG]]

This screen will show you all the new Faces that will be created for the New Site. Ad Manager will add the same number of Faces as were on the Site being duplicated, along with the Media Type, Face, Facing, and Unit Type information. For each Face you must enter a new Number (middle box) and new Area (right box) if needed.

To enter the Number for the new Face, double click in the middle box in the appropriate position on the list. Ad Manager allows you to type in a number for the new Face. To enter the Area for the new Face, double click in the right box in the appropriate position on the list. Ad Manager allows you to type in an area for the new Face.

Click on NEXT once you have finished entering the new Face numbers and Areas. The next screen, gives you the option to duplicate other Site and Face criteria (User Fields, Categories, Classifications, Permits, Neighbors, Images). Simply place a checkmark next to desired option, and remove the checkmark from the options you do not want to duplicate. To remove a checkmark click in the check box of the option you do not wish to duplicate.

[[File:New_Duplicate_Site_next.JPG]]

Once you have finished entering the new information, click FINISH. Ad Manager will create a new site (you may need to edit the Site description, and enter the City information) along with the specified number of Faces.

== Adding a Site ==
To add a Site into Ad Manager, click the New icon from the Site window ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) and a new Site window will appear. Alternately, click on the arrow next to the new icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) from any window and select Site. The new Site window will appear. Add the appropriate information in for each field and click on the Save icon ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]). If you wish to save this Site and add another, click on the Save and New icon([[File:New_save_and_new_button.JPG]]).

[[File:New_New_Site.JPG]]

=== Details Page ===

In the Site window, enter in the appropriate information related to this particular Site. For more information on each item, see the [[Site#Details|Site Details Page]].

=== Faces Page ===

The Faces page provides information on each Face associated with this Site.

To assign Faces to a Site, you can either go to the Faces page, or add the Face later. If you wish to add a Face at this time, select the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) and the Face Details window will appear.

For information on adding Faces to a Site, see [[Site#Faces|Site Faces]].

=== Categories Page ===

The Categories page allows you to specify the positive and negative characteristics of all the Faces at the Site. Ad Manager allows you to target or avoid Faces based on these categories during the scheduling process. If you wish to add conditions or restrictions for a Face, and not all Faces at the Site, add the condition(s) and/or restriction(s) from the Face Details window.
For information on adding conditions and restrictions to a Site or a Face, see [[Location How To#Adding Location Conditions|Adding Location Conditions]].

=== Permits Page ===

The Permits page provides information on each permit (e.g. Electrical Permits, City permits, State permits, etc.) associated with this Site.

For information on how to add permits to a Site, see [[Site#Permits|Permits]].

=== Neighbors Page ===

The Neighbors page allows you to identify any stores that are in close proximity to this Site. When scheduling, Ad Manager can find only those Faces that are on Sites close to particular stores (this is done through the Subcontract Template Page, [[Charting How To#Setting Targeting Requirements|Face Properties]]).

For information on how to add Neighbors to a Site, see [[Site#Neighbours|Neighbours]].

=== Inactivity Page ===

The Inactivity page allows you to enter any date ranges where the Site will be inactive. Ad Manager will consider any Faces on this Site inactive during the date range specified. To enter inactive dates for a Face, add the inactivity from the Face Details window.

For information on how to add inactivity to a Site or a Face, see [[Site#Inactivity|Inactivity]].

=== Images Page ===

The Images page allows you to add any photographs, video or Surround View images for the Site. These can later be used in client presentations.

For information on how to add images for a Site, see [[Site#Images|Images]].

=== Attachments Page ===

The Attachments page allows you to attach any documents or files to a Site. These can be files of type XLS, DOC, PDF, etc. and could be anything from a signed permit to a written note about the Site.

For information on how to attach documents to a Site, see [[Site#Attachments|Attachment]].

=== Virtual Faces ===

Virtual Faces allows you to use a Face in your inventory as several different media types. For example, you can use a bulletin in your inventory as 1 bulletin Face or 2 poster Faces. However, you need to track how it is sold in a given time frame so you know what is still available to sell and schedule. For example, if you have sold one poster Face for a given time frame, then the other poster Face would be available during that time frame, while the bulletin would not be.

For more information on adding Virtual Faces, see [[Location How To#Adding a Virtual Face|Adding a Virtual Face]].

=== Utility Accounts Page ===

The Utility Accounts page allows you to track your utilities for this Site, including meter readings. You can also track and export your utility payments.

For more information on adding Utility Accounts, see [[Site#Utility Accounts|Utility Accounts]].

=== Notes Page ===

The Notes page allows you to add any notes you may want to keep for this Site. These notes relate to the entire Site, and do not print on posting cards or instructions.

To add notes, simply click on the Notes page and start typing the information you want to add for this Site. When finished, click the Save button ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]).

=== User Fields Page ===

The User Fields page allows you to create and maintain your own fields of information. You can store and use additional information not contained elsewhere in Ad Manager about every Site in your inventory.

==== Creating a User Field ====

To create a new User Field, click the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will then prompt you for the name of the User Field. Once this is saved, the new User Field will appear. To enter data relating to the User field, highlight the User Field you wish to add information for, then double click in the Value field and begin typing. To save your data entry, hit the Enter key on your keyboard.

For more information on User Fields see [[Site#User Fields|User Fields]].

=== Map Page ===

The Map page allows you to place the Site on a map and later view where the Site is located. You can zoom in or out and see whatever detail is desired when reviewing your Sites.

For information on how to place a Site on the map, see [[Mapping#Geocoding Sites|Geocoding Sites]]. For more information on how to use the mapping tools, see [[Mapping#Move Around the Map|Moving Around the Map]].

== Adding a Virtual Face ==
Ad Manager allows users to create Virtual Faces. Sometimes there are situations where you may wish to sell one or more Faces as a different media type. For example, if you have two standard poster Faces side by side, you may want to sell them as a single bulletin Face. To do this, you must ensure that you do not accidentally schedule either of the two poster Faces to other showings during the same time frame. Similarly, you cannot schedule the Virtual Face if any of the affected Faces are scheduled during that time frame. Ad Manager handles this through the use of Virtual Faces.

=== Adding a Virtual Face ===

To add a Virtual Face, go to the Site and create all Faces, physical and virtual as you normally would. Once this is completed, you can identify the relationships between Faces.

[[File:New_Virtual_Faces.JPG]]

=== Adding Relationships Between Faces ===

After you have added all the necessary Faces, a little planning is needed before establishing the relationships. You must determine how each Face affects the others on the Site. For a detailed explanation on how to determine the relationship between your physical and Virtual Faces, see [[FAQ and General Info#Planning Your Virtual Faces|Planning Your Virtual Faces]].

Once you have determined how each Face relates to the others, go to the Virtual Faces page in the Site Details window.

In the top half of the screen select one of the Faces. Using the table you have created that identifies the relationship between the Faces (see [[FAQ and General Info#Planning Your Virtual Faces|Planning Your Virtual Faces]]), drag the appropriate Faces from the "Doesn't overlap with" box at the bottom of the screen into the "Is enclosed by", "Encloses" or "Overlaps With" windows. If there is no relationship between the selected Face and a listed Face, do not drag the listed Face into any window. This will imply the Faces are independant of each other (Doesn't overlap with).

Once you have established all the relationships required for the first Face, select another Face at the top of the screen and repeat the process for that Face. As you enter these relationships, new relationships between Faces may automatically appear in the windows. These will be based on information you have previously entered.

Follow this procedure until all relationships between Faces have been established.

=== Removing Affected Faces ===

If you no longer wish to identify a Face as being affected by the Virtual Face's scheduling, go to the Virtual Faces page of the Virtual Face. In the top of the screen select one of the Faces you wish to remove a relationship for. Highlight the Face you no longer wish to associate with the Virtual Face, and click the appropriate Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). This will not remove the Face from inventory, it will just remove any impact scheduling has between the Virtual Face and the Face being removed.

== Adding Factors for a Face ==
Ad Manager allows users to create their own [[Contract How To#Custom Classification Factors|Custom Classification Factors]] and assign values to each Face. These factors can be used during the charting process to provide clients with campaigns that meet their needs.

To add a Value for a classification factor, go to the desired Face and go to the Classification Page. Double click the factor you wish to provide a value for and a list of accepted values will appear. Click on the value you wish to associate with this Face. If a value does not appear, you must go back and add it from the "Other - All Custom Classifications" database.

[[File:New_Add_Factor.JPG]]

If you wish to change the value already selected for a Face, double click the factor, and the list will appear for you to select the new value.

== Adding Line of Sight ==
Line of Sight allows you to identify any other Faces where their scheduled copy must be considered before scheduling to a particular Face. The scheduling for these Faces is reviewed by the system to determine if any of these Faces have competitive or conflicting advertisers scheduled during that time frame.

=== Manually Adding a Line of Sight Conflict ===

To add a Line of Sight conflict, go to the Line of Sight page of the Face. To Add a new Face to the list, click the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). From here you can select the Face that is in Line of Sight with the current Face.

To do this, enter the criteria that will help you find a list of locations and select Find Now. A listing of all Faces that meet this criteria will appear. Select a location that is in Line of Sight. Proceed to do this for each Face you want in Line of Sight until all desired Faces have been added.

=== Automatic Generating of Line of Sight Conflicts ===

Ad Manager also provides users with the ability to automatically generate Line of Sight conditions for Faces assigned to a Site.

To automatically generate Line of Sight conflict definitions for a Site, go to the Ad Manager Explorer window and click on "All Sites", or click on the Find ([[File:New_find_button.JPG]]) Tool and filter to obtain a list of Sites. Highlight the Sites to generate Line of Sight conflicts for by clicking, CTRL+clicking or SHIFT+clicking each Site. Note that Ad Manager will not generate Line of Sight conflicts BETWEEN these Sites; it will only generate Line of Sight conflicts for Faces WITHIN each Site.

Once you have highlighted the Sites, click on Tools - Generate Line of Sight. Ad Manager will prompt you to identify how you wish to find line of sight conflicts, by direction facing, by the configuration of any Virtual Faces (or by both) or by generating line of sight conditions for all Faces on the same Site. Once you have selected the desired option(s), click OK for Ad Manager to create these Line of Sight definitions.

[[File:New_Generate_Line_of_Site.JPG]]

=== Deleting a Line of Sight Conflict ===

To delete a Line of Sight conflict, go to the Line of Sight page of the Face. To Delete a Face from the list, highlight it and click the Delete Button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]).

== Adding Location Conditions ==
Each Face and each Site can have both positive and negative characteristics associated with them. Some Faces or Sites may be ideal for certain advertisers or products, and this information is valuable when trying to target a showing for a particular advertiser. Similarly, a Face or Site may not be appropriate for a particular advertiser or product, and you would want the system to notify you if this were the case when scheduling.

A Face or Site may also have a certain demographic or strategic location characteristic. The Face or Site may be located in a certain neighborhood, near a certain institution, or facing a particular direction that can be desirable for an advertiser. These items should be added under Classification Factors.

Ad Manager allows you to identify both positive and negative attributes.

=== Adding a Positive Attribute ===

If the characteristic you are adding applies to all Faces at the Site, open the Site window. If the characteristic only applies to a particular Face, open the appropriate Face window.

Go to the Categories page, and in the Conditions box, click the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). This will allow you to select the Group, Advertiser or condition you wish to add as a Positive attribute for this Face or structure.

=== Adding a Negative Attribute ===

If the characteristic you are adding applies to all Faces at the Site, open the Site window. If the characteristic only applies to a particular Face, open the appropriate Face window.

Go to the Categories page, and in the Restrictions box, click the New Button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). This will allow you to select the Group, Advertiser or condition you wish to add as a Negative attribute for this Face or structure.

=== Deleting a Positive Attribute ===

If the characteristic you are deleting applies to all Faces at the Site, open the Site window. If the characteristic only applies to a particular Face, open the appropriate Face window.

Go to the Categories page, and in the Conditions box, click the Delete Button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). This will allow you to select the Group, Advertiser or condition you wish to delete as a Positive attribute for this Face or structure.

=== Deleting a Negative Attribute ===

If the characteristic you are deleting applies to all Faces at the Site, open the Site window. If the characteristic only applies to a particular Face, open the appropriate Face window.

Go to the Categories page, and in the Restrictions box, click the Delete Button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). This will allow you to select the Group, Advertiser or condition you wish to delete as a Negative attribute for this Face or structure.

== Adding Permits ==
Ad Manager allows you to enter multiple permits into the system. This allows you to track the status of existing and pending permits, as well as report on when permits are coming up for renewal.

=== Adding a Permit ===

To add an existing permit to a Site, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Permits page. From here you can click on the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). From the filter screen, you can locate the desired permit by specifying information pertaining to your permit, such as a Permit number or a Permit description. Then click OK. A list of permits fitting your filtering criteria will appear. Select the appropriate permit by highlighting it and clicking on the OK button.

To add a new permit into Ad Manager, go to the main Ad Manager window and click on the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button. Select Other, and Permit. The Permit - Details page will appear, where you can enter in the appropriate information. Then go to the Sites page of the Permit - Details window, and click on the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) to associate your permit with a Site, or group of Sites.

=== Editing a Permit ===

If you need to change some information about a permit, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Permits page. From here you can highlight the appropriate permit, double click it or click on the Properties button ([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]). The Permit - Details window will appear where you can enter in the appropriate information.

=== Deleting a Permit ===

If you need to delete a permit from the list, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Permits page. From here you can highlight the appropriate permit and click on the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). To delete a permit from Ad Manager, go to Other - All Permits in the main Ad Manager window. Highlight the desired permit and click on the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). Please note, that you must remove the permit from all associated Sites before you can delete it.

== Adding Traffic Circulation Data ==
Ad Manager allows users to enter circulation data into the system. Users can enter circulation information for up to 3 separate auto counts and 1 pedestrian count.

Contracts use the circulation information to determine delivered to date values. Make sure that if you add a new circulation in, that the effective (As of) date is set to the desired date to avoid under-delivering on Contracts.

=== Adding Traffic Circulation Data ===

Select the Face that you wish to change traffic circulation for. Once the Face is selected, click on the Circulation Page. From this screen you can select the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button to enter the traffic circulation.

[[File:New_Circulation.JPG]]

Select the date you want the circulations to take effect, and enter the circulation data into Ad Manager. Note that the auto circulation can be broken down for up to 3 different road segments, and count station information can be recorded for each. Ad Manager will automatically calculate the total of all auto and pedestrian counts. Once you have finished entering the count information, hit OK.

== Adding User Fields ==
Ad Manager provides the ability to create your own fields to store information. As with all other fields in Ad Manager, User fields can be filtered and searched on using the Find Tool ([[File:New_find_button.JPG]]).

To add a unique User field go the User fields Page and click on the New icon ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]).

[[File:New_New_Userfield.JPG]]

Enter the name you wish to use for the field; once you are finished entering the name select the OK button. To enter a value for this new field simply double click to the right of the field name under the Value name, type in the desired information, and hit enter.

== Making a Face Non-Saleable ==
If you have a Face in your inventory that you want to track, but you should not be posting copy at (e.g. a directory Face, a lease privilege Face), you can mark it as Non-saleable. When charting, this Face will not be considered as available at any time. If you try to schedule it, Ad Manager will warn you that it is a Non-saleable Face.

=== Making a Face Non-saleable ===

Go to the appropriate Face, and click on the Details page. Click on the Non-saleable check box to place a check mark in it and click the Save button ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]).

[[File:New_Face_nonsaleable.JPG]]

=== Making a Face Saleable ===

If a Face is currently marked as Non-saleable, but you want to make it saleable again, go to the appropriate Face, and click on the Details page. Click on the Non-Saleable check box to remove the check mark from it and click the Save button ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]).

== Making a Face or Site Inactive ==
Ad Manager allows you to make a Face or a Site unavailable for scheduling for a period of time. Furthermore, the software also allows you to track a history of inactivity at the Face or Site, and the reasons why it was unavailable.

When a Face is marked as inactive, Ad Manager will not make the Face available for scheduling during the specified time frame. If you try and schedule the Face, the software will warn you that it is inactive during that period. Any Contracts that are charted that are not to be posted during that time frame will still be able to use the appropriate Face or Site.

=== Making the Site or Face Inactive ===

Open the appropriate Face or Site that will be affected during the inactivity. From here, click on the Inactivity page, and select the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button. A new window will appear where you can enter the dates of inactivity and the reason for the inactivity.

[[File:New_New_Inactivity.JPG]]

Once you have entered an Inactivity Date, you should run the Conflicts Tool to see if there is any scheduling during the inactive period, by going to Tools - Face Conflicts if you are adding an inactivity period to a Face, or Tools - Site Conflicts if you are adding an inactivity period to a Site. This scheduling must be removed. If it is not removed, Subcontracts already scheduled with this Face will continue to show the Face as being scheduled. Ad Manager will also print Posting Cards or Instructions for this Face if it remains scheduled on Subcontracts during the inactive period.

=== Changing the Dates of Inactivity ===

If the dates the Face or Site is inactive needs to be changed, go to the appropriate Site or Face, and click on the Inactivity page. Highlight the inactive period you wish to modify, and either double click the item, or select the Properties button ([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]]]). A window will appear where you can change the dates, or the description of, the inactive period.

=== Deleting an Inactive Time Frame ===

If, for some reason, a planned inactivity time frame is postponed indefinitely, you can delete the inactive time frame from the list. Go to the appropriate Site or Face, and click on the Inactivity page. Highlight the inactive period you wish to delete, and click the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]).

== Modify a Face or Site ==
To edit information for a Face or a Site, find the Site and double click it to display the Details window.

If you wish to change information, click on the appropriate page, and make the change in the appropriate field. Once you have finished making your changes, click on the Save icon ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]). This will save the changes you have made.

If you do not wish to save changes you have made, simply close the Details window and, when asked by Ad Manager if you wish to save the changes, select "No".

== Move a Face to a Different Site ==
If a Face (or multiple Faces) move to another Site that already exists in Ad Manager, or if you erroneously entered a Face to the wrong Site, you can use the "Move to Site" function to assign it to the correct Site.

From the Ad Manager Explorer window or from the Find ([[File:New_find_button.JPG]]) Tool, select the Face(s) to move by clicking CTRL+clicking or SHIFT+clicking on them. Go to the Tools menu and select "Move to Site". Ad Manager will prompt you to enter in the Site details or, if you do not have them, you can select the More button to create a Filter that will enable you to find the appropriate Site. Click on the Site to add the Faces to, and click OK.

Ad Manager will then move the Face(s) to the appropriate Site.

== Navigating Sites and Faces ==
Sometimes it is necessary to view several different Faces or Sites, or view Face detail for a Site or even Site detail for a Face. Ad Manager has made it easy to navigate through Faces and Sites.

=== Navigating Through Faces or Sites ===

If you are trying to view information for several different Faces or Sites, Ad Manager allows you to do this with ease. If you wish to go to the next Face or Site, select the Next icon([[File:New_next_button.JPG]]). If you wish to go to the previous Face or Site, select the Previous icon ([[File:New_previous_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will then go to the next (or previous) item, based on the sort order you have selected in the List Window. To go to the top of the list, use the First icon ([[File:New_top_of_file.JPG]]) and to go to the last item on the list, use the Last icon ([[File:New_bottom_of_file_button.JPG]])

=== Showing the Related Site ===

When you are reviewing information for a Face and wish to find out Site related details, it is necessary to go to the Site Details screen for the Face.

To do this, select VIEW from the menu bar, then GO TO SITE. This will take you to the appropriate Site.

=== Showing the Related Face ===

When you are reviewing information for a Site and wish to find out Face related details, it is necessary to go to the Face Details screen for the Site.

To do this, go to the Faces page, and double click the desired Face to view.

== Retiring a Face ==
When a Face is to be permanently removed from inventory you need to record this information in Ad Manager. This will prevent accidental scheduling of this Face on Contracts when it is no longer available.

To enter the Retirement date in Ad Manager, go to the appropriate Face and click on the Retirement Date box on the Details page. Select the date that this Face will be retiring.

[[File:New_Retirement_Date.JPG]]

Once you have entered a Retirement Date, you should run the Conflicts Tool to see if there is any scheduling beyond the retirement date, by going to Tools - Face Conflicts . This scheduling must be removed. If it is not removed, Subcontracts already scheduled with this Face will continue to show the Face as being scheduled. Ad Manager will also print Posting Cards or Instructions for this Face if it remains scheduled on Subcontracts past the retirement date.

For charting not yet undertaken, this Face will not appear as available for any Subcontracts after this date. Any attempt to specifically assign this Face to a Subcontract will result in a warning.

== Updating Information on Multiple Faces ==
Ad Manager provides the ability to update information for multiple items (Faces, Sites, Contracts, Subcontracts, Designs, Advertisers, etc.) quickly and easily. For example, if there are several Faces that need to be changed to illuminated, this can be done through the Update window one time, instead of having to change each Face individually.

In the Ad Manager Explorer window or in a Filter, highlight all the Faces you wish to update with the same information. You can highlight multiple Faces by holding either the SHIFT key down (for all items in a range) or the CTRL key down (for specific items) while clicking with the mouse. Once all the desired items have been selected, go to TOOLS-UPDATE.

The screen that will appear allows users to set values for fields related to the items selected. By entering a value into one of these fields, Ad Manager will change each of the selected items to have that value in that field. To select a field, you must first activate it by putting a checkmark next to the field name. If you do not wish to update a field, make sure you "uncheck" the checkbox prior to running the tool.

[[File:New_Update_Faces.JPG]]

Please Note: If you activate a field and leave it blank, the current values will be deleted and left blank for all selected items.

To run the tool, simply click OK.

== Updating Information on Multiple Sites ==
Ad Manager provides the ability to update information for multiple items (Faces, Sites, Contracts, Subcontracts, Designs, Advertisers, etc.) quickly and easily. For example, if there are several Sites that need to be changed to the correct City, this can be done through the Update window one time, instead of having to change each Site individually.

In the Ad Manager Explorer window or in a Filter, highlight all the Sites you wish to update with the same information. You can highlight multiple Sites by holding either the SHIFT key down (for all items in a range) or the CTRL key down (for specific items) while clicking with the mouse. Once all the desired items have been selected, go to TOOLS-UPDATE.

The screen that will appear allows users to set values for fields related to the items selected. By entering a value into one of these fields, Ad Manager will change each of the selected items to have that value in that field. To select a field, you must first activate it by putting a checkmark next to the field name. If you do not wish to update a field, make sure you "uncheck" the checkbox prior to running the tool.

[[File:New_Update_Sites.JPG]]

Please Note: If you activate a field and leave it blank, the current values will be deleted and left blank for all selected items.

To run the tool, simply click OK.

== Using a Virtual Face ==
When scheduling, Ad Manager will allow you to select a Virtual Face if it is available in the inventory.

If all physical Faces that constitute the Virtual Face are available during the time frame being scheduled, the Virtual Face will show as being available. If any one of the physical Faces that constitute the Virtual Face are not available during the time frame being scheduled, then the Virtual Face will not be available.

If a Virtual Face is scheduled during a time frame, all physical Faces that comprise the Virtual Face will not be available during that time frame.

== View a Site or Face ==
Ad Manager location data is broken down into Site and Face information. Each contains different items of information that provide you with a complete picture of that location.

=== To View a Site ===

To view a Site, you can call up a listing of Sites in the List Window by selecting the desired filter or basket from the Shortcut Bar, or by selecting the desired item from the Folder List. A list of Sites that meet the specified criteria will appear in the List Window. Double click on the desired Site to see the Site Details window.

[[File:New_Site_Details.JPG]]

=== To View a Face ===

There are two ways you can view a Face. To view a Face, you can call up a listing of Faces in the List Window by selecting the desired filter or basket from the Shortcut Bar, or by selecting the desired item from the Folder List. A list of Faces that meet the specified criteria will appear in the List Window. Double Click on the desired Face to see the Face Details window.

The second way of seeing Face information is to select the desired Face from the Site. To select a Face associated with a Site, click on the Faces page and a listing of all Faces associated with that Site will appear. Double click the desired Face to see the Face Details window.

[[File:New_Face_Details.JPG]]

To move between Sites and Faces, see [[Location How To#Navigating Sites and Faces|Navigating Sites and Faces]].

== View a Face History ==
If you want to view the scheduling and posting history for a particular Face, open the Face Window and go to the desired Face.

From here, select the Posting Schedules Page, and the Face history will appear. Information is provided on all schedulings and postings that have been entered.

If the information being displayed is not in the desired viewing format, each column can be resized, added or removed or used to sort.

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Posting Schedules to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see schedules related to a particular Contract, Subcontract, Advertiser, etc. or a particular Contract type such as contracted, proposal, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on the Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

For more information on the Posting Schedules Page of the Face, see [[Face#Posting Schedules|Posting Schedules Page]].

Location How To

2013-08-05T00:44:43Z

Administrator: /* Adding a Utility Account */

How To Page for Location.

== Add Neighbours ==
Ad Manager allows users to identify any stores that are in close proximity to each Site. This is done by adding stores to the Neighbors page. When scheduling, Ad Manager can find only those Faces that are on Sites close to particular stores (this is done through the Subcontract Template Page, [[Charting How To#Setting Targeting Requirements|Face Properties]]).

=== Adding a Neighbor ===

To add a Neighbor, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Neighbors Page. From here you can click on the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) . A window will appear where you can select a Neighbor from the list, or click <New...> to enter a store not already on the list. You can add multiple Neighbors to each Site.

[[File:New_Site_Neighbours.JPG]]

=== Deleting a Neighbor ===

If you need to delete a Neighbor from the Site, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Neighbors Page. From here you can highlight the appropriate Neighbor and click on the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). This will remove the Neighbor from the Site, but will not delete the Neighbor from any other Sites.

== Add Utility Accounts to a Site ==
Ad Manager allows you to enter multiple Utility Accounts into the system. This allows you to track the status of existing and previously used Utility Accounts.

=== Adding a Utility Account ===

To add an existing Utility Account to a Site, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Utility Accounts Page. From here you can click on the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). Select the appropriate Utility Account from the list, or select <NEW> to create a new Utility Account and associate it to the Site at the same time.

[[File:New_Add_Utility_Account.JPG]]

For details on creating a new Utility Account in Ad Manager, [[Utility accounts|click here]].

=== Editing a Utility Account ===

If you need to change some information about a Utility Account, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Utility Accounts Page. From here you can highlight the appropriate Utility Account, double click it or click on the Properties button ([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]). The Utility Account - Details window will appear where you can enter in the appropriate information.

=== Deleting a Utility Account ===

If you need to delete a Utility Account from the list, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Utility Accounts Page. From here you can highlight the appropriate Utility Account and click on the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) on this Page.

For details on deleting a Utility Account from Ad Manager, click here.

== Adding a Face ==
In Ad Manager you can add a Face by going to the Site Details window and selecting the Faces page. To Add a new Face, click the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). This will open the Face window. Alternately, you can add a Face from the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) from any window, click on the arrow to the right of the New icon, and select Face. The following screen will appear:

[[File:New_Add_New_Face.JPG]]

From this screen you can select the Site that this Face will belong to by clicking on the ellipsis ([[File:New_ellipsis.JPG]]). To add a new Face to a New Site, select "New..." from the menu. This will open a blank Site - Details window for you to enter information from scratch. If you wish to create the new Face on an existing Site, pick "Select..." from the menu. This will allow you to filter for the desired Site to add the new Face to.

When adding a new Face from a existing Face window, click on the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]).

If you wish to copy the information from the Face already displayed, and only change a couple of information items, click the "Copy the properties of the current Face" button. If you wish to add a new Face without any information entered, do not click this button.

On the Face window, enter in the appropriate information for each field and click on the Save icon ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]). If you wish to save this Face and add another, click on the Save and New icon([[File:New_save_and_new_button.JPG]]). If you wish to save this Face and close the window, click on the Save and Close icon ([[File:New_save_and_close_button.JPG]]).

[[File:New_Face_Details.JPG]]

=== Details Page ===

In the Face window, enter in the appropriate information related to this particular Face. For more information on each item, see the [[Face#Detail|Face Details Page]] screen.

=== Categories Page ===

The Categories page allows you to specify the positive and negative characteristics of this Face. Ad Manager allows you to target or avoid Faces based on these categories during the scheduling process. If you wish to add conditions or restrictions for a Site, add the condition(s) and/or restriction(s) from the Site Categories Page. Any conditions or restrictions on a Face that have been inherited from the Site are marked with a "Yes".

For information on adding conditions and restrictions to a Site or a Face, see [[Location How To#Adding Location Conditions|Adding Location Conditions]].

=== Line of Sight Page ===

The Line of Sight page allows you to identify any other Faces that you do not want to post competing or conflicting copy on. Typically, this is a listing of all Faces that can be seen at the same time you are viewing this Face.

For information on adding Faces to the line of sight, see [[Face#Line of Sight|Line of Sight]].

=== Inactivity Page ===

The Inactivity page allows you to enter any date ranges where the Face will be inactive. Ad Manager will consider this Face inactive during the date range specified. To enter inactive dates for a Site, add the inactivity from the Site Details window.

For information on how to add inactivity to a Site or a Face, see [[Face#Inactivity|Inactivity]].

=== Circulation Page ===

The Circulation Page allows you to maintain a history of circulation data for each Face. Ad Manager will determine the circulation to use for each Subcontract based on the Subcontract's dates and the "As Of" date for the circulation.

To add the circulation for a Face, go to the Circulation Page and click the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button. Select the date the circulation is to be used from in the "As Of" field. Enter the auto counts from each road section that is used to determine the circulation in separate fields, as Ad Manager will combine them to provide the total circulation. If you have a count station ID for where the count was taken from, this can be entered in the corresponding Count Station field. You can also enter in any pedestrian count information you may have.

=== Images Page ===

The Images page allows you to add any photographs, video or Surround View images specifically related to the Face. These can later be used in client presentations and Photo Sheets.

For information on how to add multimedia for a Face, see [[Face#Images|Images]].

=== Attachments Page ===

The Attachments page allows you to attach any documents or files to a Face. These can be files of type XLS, DOC, PDF, etc. about the Face.

For information on how to attach documents to a Face, see [[Face#Attachments|Attachment]].

=== Notes Page ===

The Notes page allows you to store information specific to the Face. Information entered into the Posting Card Notes field will appear on a posting card every time a card is printed for that Face. The Notes section allows you to store notes that are not printed on any reports.

=== Classification Page ===

Ad Manager allows you to maintain a listing of non-advertiser or category factors that can be targeted while charting (e.g. board rating, income level, ethnicity). Each Face can be assigned a desired value, which can be searched for when undertaking the market scheduling. To add the values for the classifications, click on the Classification Page, highlight the classification you wish to enter information for, click on the value field and select the desired value.

For information on adding classifications, see [[Contract How To#Custom Classification Factors|Custom Classification Factors]].

=== User fields Page ===

The User fields page allows you to create and maintain your own fields of information. You can store and use additional information not contained elsewhere in Ad Manager about every Face in your inventory.

==== Creating a User field ====

To create a new User field, click the New button. Ad Manager will then prompt you for the name of the User field. Once this is saved, the new User field will appear. To enter data relating to the User field, click on the User field you wish to add information for, then double click in the Value field and begin typing. To save your data entry, hit the Enter key on your keyboard.

For more information on User fields see [[Face#User Fields|User fields]].

=== Posting Schedules Page ===

Ad Manager allows you to see the past and future activity on a Face through the Posting Schedules Page. For more information on Posting History, see [[Location How To#View a Face History|View Face History]].

=== Posting Tasks Page ===

The Posting Tasks Page allows you to enter posting related information (including Billposter assignments and completion information) for any campaign assigned to the Face.

== Adding a Site by Duplicating a Site ==
In addition to adding Sites by entering information from scratch, Ad Manager allows you to duplicate an existing Site to create a brand new one. When a site is duplicated, the same number of Faces are created on the new Site as on the old one.

To create a new Site through duplication, go to the Site you wish to copy from, go to the Tools menu, and select Duplicate. Alternately, you can highlight any Site from a Filter or from the Ad Manager Explorer window, and right click on it to select Duplicate.

[[File:New_Duplicate_Site.JPG]]

This screen will show you all the new Faces that will be created for the New Site. Ad Manager will add the same number of Faces as were on the Site being duplicated, along with the Media Type, Face, Facing, and Unit Type information. For each Face you must enter a new Number (middle box) and new Area (right box) if needed.

To enter the Number for the new Face, double click in the middle box in the appropriate position on the list. Ad Manager allows you to type in a number for the new Face. To enter the Area for the new Face, double click in the right box in the appropriate position on the list. Ad Manager allows you to type in an area for the new Face.

Click on NEXT once you have finished entering the new Face numbers and Areas. The next screen, gives you the option to duplicate other Site and Face criteria (User Fields, Categories, Classifications, Permits, Neighbors, Images). Simply place a checkmark next to desired option, and remove the checkmark from the options you do not want to duplicate. To remove a checkmark click in the check box of the option you do not wish to duplicate.

[[File:New_Duplicate_Site_next.JPG]]

Once you have finished entering the new information, click FINISH. Ad Manager will create a new site (you may need to edit the Site description, and enter the City information) along with the specified number of Faces.

== Adding a Site ==
To add a Site into Ad Manager, click the New icon from the Site window ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) and a new Site window will appear. Alternately, click on the arrow next to the new icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) from any window and select Site. The new Site window will appear. Add the appropriate information in for each field and click on the Save icon ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]). If you wish to save this Site and add another, click on the Save and New icon([[File:New_save_and_new_button.JPG]]).

[[File:New_New_Site.JPG]]

=== Details Page ===

In the Site window, enter in the appropriate information related to this particular Site. For more information on each item, see the [[Site#Details|Site Details Page]].

=== Faces Page ===

The Faces page provides information on each Face associated with this Site.

To assign Faces to a Site, you can either go to the Faces page, or add the Face later. If you wish to add a Face at this time, select the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) and the Face Details window will appear.

For information on adding Faces to a Site, see [[Site#Faces|Site Faces]].

=== Categories Page ===

The Categories page allows you to specify the positive and negative characteristics of all the Faces at the Site. Ad Manager allows you to target or avoid Faces based on these categories during the scheduling process. If you wish to add conditions or restrictions for a Face, and not all Faces at the Site, add the condition(s) and/or restriction(s) from the Face Details window.
For information on adding conditions and restrictions to a Site or a Face, see [[Location How To#Adding Location Conditions|Adding Location Conditions]].

=== Permits Page ===

The Permits page provides information on each permit (e.g. Electrical Permits, City permits, State permits, etc.) associated with this Site.

For information on how to add permits to a Site, see [[Site#Permits|Permits]].

=== Neighbors Page ===

The Neighbors page allows you to identify any stores that are in close proximity to this Site. When scheduling, Ad Manager can find only those Faces that are on Sites close to particular stores (this is done through the Subcontract Template Page, [[Charting How To#Setting Targeting Requirements|Face Properties]]).

For information on how to add Neighbors to a Site, see [[Site#Neighbours|Neighbours]].

=== Inactivity Page ===

The Inactivity page allows you to enter any date ranges where the Site will be inactive. Ad Manager will consider any Faces on this Site inactive during the date range specified. To enter inactive dates for a Face, add the inactivity from the Face Details window.

For information on how to add inactivity to a Site or a Face, see [[Site#Inactivity|Inactivity]].

=== Images Page ===

The Images page allows you to add any photographs, video or Surround View images for the Site. These can later be used in client presentations.

For information on how to add images for a Site, see [[Site#Images|Images]].

=== Attachments Page ===

The Attachments page allows you to attach any documents or files to a Site. These can be files of type XLS, DOC, PDF, etc. and could be anything from a signed permit to a written note about the Site.

For information on how to attach documents to a Site, see [[Site#Attachments|Attachment]].

=== Virtual Faces ===

Virtual Faces allows you to use a Face in your inventory as several different media types. For example, you can use a bulletin in your inventory as 1 bulletin Face or 2 poster Faces. However, you need to track how it is sold in a given time frame so you know what is still available to sell and schedule. For example, if you have sold one poster Face for a given time frame, then the other poster Face would be available during that time frame, while the bulletin would not be.

For more information on adding Virtual Faces, see [[Location How To#Adding a Virtual Face|Adding a Virtual Face]].

=== Utility Accounts Page ===

The Utility Accounts page allows you to track your utilities for this Site, including meter readings. You can also track and export your utility payments.

For more information on adding Utility Accounts, see [[Site#Utility Accounts|Utility Accounts]].

=== Notes Page ===

The Notes page allows you to add any notes you may want to keep for this Site. These notes relate to the entire Site, and do not print on posting cards or instructions.

To add notes, simply click on the Notes page and start typing the information you want to add for this Site. When finished, click the Save button ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]).

=== User Fields Page ===

The User Fields page allows you to create and maintain your own fields of information. You can store and use additional information not contained elsewhere in Ad Manager about every Site in your inventory.

==== Creating a User Field ====

To create a new User Field, click the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will then prompt you for the name of the User Field. Once this is saved, the new User Field will appear. To enter data relating to the User field, highlight the User Field you wish to add information for, then double click in the Value field and begin typing. To save your data entry, hit the Enter key on your keyboard.

For more information on User Fields see [[Site#User Fields|User Fields]].

=== Map Page ===

The Map page allows you to place the Site on a map and later view where the Site is located. You can zoom in or out and see whatever detail is desired when reviewing your Sites.

For information on how to place a Site on the map, see [[Mapping#Geocoding Sites|Geocoding Sites]]. For more information on how to use the mapping tools, see [[Mapping#Move Around the Map|Moving Around the Map]].

== Adding a Virtual Face ==
Ad Manager allows users to create Virtual Faces. Sometimes there are situations where you may wish to sell one or more Faces as a different media type. For example, if you have two standard poster Faces side by side, you may want to sell them as a single bulletin Face. To do this, you must ensure that you do not accidentally schedule either of the two poster Faces to other showings during the same time frame. Similarly, you cannot schedule the Virtual Face if any of the affected Faces are scheduled during that time frame. Ad Manager handles this through the use of Virtual Faces.

=== Adding a Virtual Face ===

To add a Virtual Face, go to the Site and create all Faces, physical and virtual as you normally would. Once this is completed, you can identify the relationships between Faces.

[[File:New_Virtual_Faces.JPG]]

=== Adding Relationships Between Faces ===

After you have added all the necessary Faces, a little planning is needed before establishing the relationships. You must determine how each Face affects the others on the Site. For a detailed explanation on how to determine the relationship between your physical and Virtual Faces, see [[FAQ and General Info#Planning Your Virtual Faces|Planning Your Virtual Faces]].

Once you have determined how each Face relates to the others, go to the Virtual Faces page in the Site Details window.

In the top half of the screen select one of the Faces. Using the table you have created that identifies the relationship between the Faces (see [[FAQ and General Info#Planning Your Virtual Faces|Planning Your Virtual Faces]]), drag the appropriate Faces from the "Doesn't overlap with" box at the bottom of the screen into the "Is enclosed by", "Encloses" or "Overlaps With" windows. If there is no relationship between the selected Face and a listed Face, do not drag the listed Face into any window. This will imply the Faces are independant of each other (Doesn't overlap with).

Once you have established all the relationships required for the first Face, select another Face at the top of the screen and repeat the process for that Face. As you enter these relationships, new relationships between Faces may automatically appear in the windows. These will be based on information you have previously entered.

Follow this procedure until all relationships between Faces have been established.

=== Removing Affected Faces ===

If you no longer wish to identify a Face as being affected by the Virtual Face's scheduling, go to the Virtual Faces page of the Virtual Face. In the top of the screen select one of the Faces you wish to remove a relationship for. Highlight the Face you no longer wish to associate with the Virtual Face, and click the appropriate Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). This will not remove the Face from inventory, it will just remove any impact scheduling has between the Virtual Face and the Face being removed.

== Adding Factors for a Face ==
Ad Manager allows users to create their own [[Contract How To#Custom Classification Factors|Custom Classification Factors]] and assign values to each Face. These factors can be used during the charting process to provide clients with campaigns that meet their needs.

To add a Value for a classification factor, go to the desired Face and go to the Classification Page. Double click the factor you wish to provide a value for and a list of accepted values will appear. Click on the value you wish to associate with this Face. If a value does not appear, you must go back and add it from the "Other - All Custom Classifications" database.

[[File:New_Add_Factor.JPG]]

If you wish to change the value already selected for a Face, double click the factor, and the list will appear for you to select the new value.

== Adding Line of Sight ==
Line of Sight allows you to identify any other Faces where their scheduled copy must be considered before scheduling to a particular Face. The scheduling for these Faces is reviewed by the system to determine if any of these Faces have competitive or conflicting advertisers scheduled during that time frame.

=== Manually Adding a Line of Sight Conflict ===

To add a Line of Sight conflict, go to the Line of Sight page of the Face. To Add a new Face to the list, click the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). From here you can select the Face that is in Line of Sight with the current Face.

To do this, enter the criteria that will help you find a list of locations and select Find Now. A listing of all Faces that meet this criteria will appear. Select a location that is in Line of Sight. Proceed to do this for each Face you want in Line of Sight until all desired Faces have been added.

=== Automatic Generating of Line of Sight Conflicts ===

Ad Manager also provides users with the ability to automatically generate Line of Sight conditions for Faces assigned to a Site.

To automatically generate Line of Sight conflict definitions for a Site, go to the Ad Manager Explorer window and click on "All Sites", or click on the Find ([[File:New_find_button.JPG]]) Tool and filter to obtain a list of Sites. Highlight the Sites to generate Line of Sight conflicts for by clicking, CTRL+clicking or SHIFT+clicking each Site. Note that Ad Manager will not generate Line of Sight conflicts BETWEEN these Sites; it will only generate Line of Sight conflicts for Faces WITHIN each Site.

Once you have highlighted the Sites, click on Tools - Generate Line of Sight. Ad Manager will prompt you to identify how you wish to find line of sight conflicts, by direction facing, by the configuration of any Virtual Faces (or by both) or by generating line of sight conditions for all Faces on the same Site. Once you have selected the desired option(s), click OK for Ad Manager to create these Line of Sight definitions.

[[File:New_Generate_Line_of_Site.JPG]]

=== Deleting a Line of Sight Conflict ===

To delete a Line of Sight conflict, go to the Line of Sight page of the Face. To Delete a Face from the list, highlight it and click the Delete Button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]).

== Adding Location Conditions ==
Each Face and each Site can have both positive and negative characteristics associated with them. Some Faces or Sites may be ideal for certain advertisers or products, and this information is valuable when trying to target a showing for a particular advertiser. Similarly, a Face or Site may not be appropriate for a particular advertiser or product, and you would want the system to notify you if this were the case when scheduling.

A Face or Site may also have a certain demographic or strategic location characteristic. The Face or Site may be located in a certain neighborhood, near a certain institution, or facing a particular direction that can be desirable for an advertiser. These items should be added under Classification Factors.

Ad Manager allows you to identify both positive and negative attributes.

=== Adding a Positive Attribute ===

If the characteristic you are adding applies to all Faces at the Site, open the Site window. If the characteristic only applies to a particular Face, open the appropriate Face window.

Go to the Categories page, and in the Conditions box, click the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). This will allow you to select the Group, Advertiser or condition you wish to add as a Positive attribute for this Face or structure.

=== Adding a Negative Attribute ===

If the characteristic you are adding applies to all Faces at the Site, open the Site window. If the characteristic only applies to a particular Face, open the appropriate Face window.

Go to the Categories page, and in the Restrictions box, click the New Button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). This will allow you to select the Group, Advertiser or condition you wish to add as a Negative attribute for this Face or structure.

=== Deleting a Positive Attribute ===

If the characteristic you are deleting applies to all Faces at the Site, open the Site window. If the characteristic only applies to a particular Face, open the appropriate Face window.

Go to the Categories page, and in the Conditions box, click the Delete Button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). This will allow you to select the Group, Advertiser or condition you wish to delete as a Positive attribute for this Face or structure.

=== Deleting a Negative Attribute ===

If the characteristic you are deleting applies to all Faces at the Site, open the Site window. If the characteristic only applies to a particular Face, open the appropriate Face window.

Go to the Categories page, and in the Restrictions box, click the Delete Button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). This will allow you to select the Group, Advertiser or condition you wish to delete as a Negative attribute for this Face or structure.

== Adding Permits ==
Ad Manager allows you to enter multiple permits into the system. This allows you to track the status of existing and pending permits, as well as report on when permits are coming up for renewal.

=== Adding a Permit ===

To add an existing permit to a Site, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Permits page. From here you can click on the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). From the filter screen, you can locate the desired permit by specifying information pertaining to your permit, such as a Permit number or a Permit description. Then click OK. A list of permits fitting your filtering criteria will appear. Select the appropriate permit by highlighting it and clicking on the OK button.

To add a new permit into Ad Manager, go to the main Ad Manager window and click on the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button. Select Other, and Permit. The Permit - Details page will appear, where you can enter in the appropriate information. Then go to the Sites page of the Permit - Details window, and click on the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) to associate your permit with a Site, or group of Sites.

=== Editing a Permit ===

If you need to change some information about a permit, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Permits page. From here you can highlight the appropriate permit, double click it or click on the Properties button ([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]). The Permit - Details window will appear where you can enter in the appropriate information.

=== Deleting a Permit ===

If you need to delete a permit from the list, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Permits page. From here you can highlight the appropriate permit and click on the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). To delete a permit from Ad Manager, go to Other - All Permits in the main Ad Manager window. Highlight the desired permit and click on the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). Please note, that you must remove the permit from all associated Sites before you can delete it.

== Adding Traffic Circulation Data ==
Ad Manager allows users to enter circulation data into the system. Users can enter circulation information for up to 3 separate auto counts and 1 pedestrian count.

Contracts use the circulation information to determine delivered to date values. Make sure that if you add a new circulation in, that the effective (As of) date is set to the desired date to avoid under-delivering on Contracts.

=== Adding Traffic Circulation Data ===

Select the Face that you wish to change traffic circulation for. Once the Face is selected, click on the Circulation Page. From this screen you can select the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button to enter the traffic circulation.

[[File:New_Circulation.JPG]]

Select the date you want the circulations to take effect, and enter the circulation data into Ad Manager. Note that the auto circulation can be broken down for up to 3 different road segments, and count station information can be recorded for each. Ad Manager will automatically calculate the total of all auto and pedestrian counts. Once you have finished entering the count information, hit OK.

== Adding User Fields ==
Ad Manager provides the ability to create your own fields to store information. As with all other fields in Ad Manager, User fields can be filtered and searched on using the Find Tool ([[File:New_find_button.JPG]]).

To add a unique User field go the User fields Page and click on the New icon ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]).

[[File:New_New_Userfield.JPG]]

Enter the name you wish to use for the field; once you are finished entering the name select the OK button. To enter a value for this new field simply double click to the right of the field name under the Value name, type in the desired information, and hit enter.

== Making a Face Non-Saleable ==
If you have a Face in your inventory that you want to track, but you should not be posting copy at (e.g. a directory Face, a lease privilege Face), you can mark it as Non-saleable. When charting, this Face will not be considered as available at any time. If you try to schedule it, Ad Manager will warn you that it is a Non-saleable Face.

=== Making a Face Non-saleable ===

Go to the appropriate Face, and click on the Details page. Click on the Non-saleable check box to place a check mark in it and click the Save button ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]).

[[File:New_Face_nonsaleable.JPG]]

=== Making a Face Saleable ===

If a Face is currently marked as Non-saleable, but you want to make it saleable again, go to the appropriate Face, and click on the Details page. Click on the Non-Saleable check box to remove the check mark from it and click the Save button ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]).

== Making a Face or Site Inactive ==
Ad Manager allows you to make a Face or a Site unavailable for scheduling for a period of time. Furthermore, the software also allows you to track a history of inactivity at the Face or Site, and the reasons why it was unavailable.

When a Face is marked as inactive, Ad Manager will not make the Face available for scheduling during the specified time frame. If you try and schedule the Face, the software will warn you that it is inactive during that period. Any Contracts that are charted that are not to be posted during that time frame will still be able to use the appropriate Face or Site.

=== Making the Site or Face Inactive ===

Open the appropriate Face or Site that will be affected during the inactivity. From here, click on the Inactivity page, and select the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button. A new window will appear where you can enter the dates of inactivity and the reason for the inactivity.

[[File:New_New_Inactivity.JPG]]

Once you have entered an Inactivity Date, you should run the Conflicts Tool to see if there is any scheduling during the inactive period, by going to Tools - Face Conflicts if you are adding an inactivity period to a Face, or Tools - Site Conflicts if you are adding an inactivity period to a Site. This scheduling must be removed. If it is not removed, Subcontracts already scheduled with this Face will continue to show the Face as being scheduled. Ad Manager will also print Posting Cards or Instructions for this Face if it remains scheduled on Subcontracts during the inactive period.

=== Changing the Dates of Inactivity ===

If the dates the Face or Site is inactive needs to be changed, go to the appropriate Site or Face, and click on the Inactivity page. Highlight the inactive period you wish to modify, and either double click the item, or select the Properties button ([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]]]). A window will appear where you can change the dates, or the description of, the inactive period.

=== Deleting an Inactive Time Frame ===

If, for some reason, a planned inactivity time frame is postponed indefinitely, you can delete the inactive time frame from the list. Go to the appropriate Site or Face, and click on the Inactivity page. Highlight the inactive period you wish to delete, and click the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]).

== Modify a Face or Site ==
To edit information for a Face or a Site, find the Site and double click it to display the Details window.

If you wish to change information, click on the appropriate page, and make the change in the appropriate field. Once you have finished making your changes, click on the Save icon ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]). This will save the changes you have made.

If you do not wish to save changes you have made, simply close the Details window and, when asked by Ad Manager if you wish to save the changes, select "No".

== Move a Face to a Different Site ==
If a Face (or multiple Faces) move to another Site that already exists in Ad Manager, or if you erroneously entered a Face to the wrong Site, you can use the "Move to Site" function to assign it to the correct Site.

From the Ad Manager Explorer window or from the Find ([[File:New_find_button.JPG]]) Tool, select the Face(s) to move by clicking CTRL+clicking or SHIFT+clicking on them. Go to the Tools menu and select "Move to Site". Ad Manager will prompt you to enter in the Site details or, if you do not have them, you can select the More button to create a Filter that will enable you to find the appropriate Site. Click on the Site to add the Faces to, and click OK.

Ad Manager will then move the Face(s) to the appropriate Site.

== Navigating Sites and Faces ==
Sometimes it is necessary to view several different Faces or Sites, or view Face detail for a Site or even Site detail for a Face. Ad Manager has made it easy to navigate through Faces and Sites.

=== Navigating Through Faces or Sites ===

If you are trying to view information for several different Faces or Sites, Ad Manager allows you to do this with ease. If you wish to go to the next Face or Site, select the Next icon([[File:New_next_button.JPG]]). If you wish to go to the previous Face or Site, select the Previous icon ([[File:New_previous_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will then go to the next (or previous) item, based on the sort order you have selected in the List Window. To go to the top of the list, use the First icon ([[File:New_top_of_file.JPG]]) and to go to the last item on the list, use the Last icon ([[File:New_bottom_of_file_button.JPG]])

=== Showing the Related Site ===

When you are reviewing information for a Face and wish to find out Site related details, it is necessary to go to the Site Details screen for the Face.

To do this, select VIEW from the menu bar, then GO TO SITE. This will take you to the appropriate Site.

=== Showing the Related Face ===

When you are reviewing information for a Site and wish to find out Face related details, it is necessary to go to the Face Details screen for the Site.

To do this, go to the Faces page, and double click the desired Face to view.

== Retiring a Face ==
When a Face is to be permanently removed from inventory you need to record this information in Ad Manager. This will prevent accidental scheduling of this Face on Contracts when it is no longer available.

To enter the Retirement date in Ad Manager, go to the appropriate Face and click on the Retirement Date box on the Details page. Select the date that this Face will be retiring.

[[File:New_Retirement_Date.JPG]]

Once you have entered a Retirement Date, you should run the Conflicts Tool to see if there is any scheduling beyond the retirement date, by going to Tools - Face Conflicts . This scheduling must be removed. If it is not removed, Subcontracts already scheduled with this Face will continue to show the Face as being scheduled. Ad Manager will also print Posting Cards or Instructions for this Face if it remains scheduled on Subcontracts past the retirement date.

For charting not yet undertaken, this Face will not appear as available for any Subcontracts after this date. Any attempt to specifically assign this Face to a Subcontract will result in a warning.

== Updating Information on Multiple Faces ==
Ad Manager provides the ability to update information for multiple items (Faces, Sites, Contracts, Subcontracts, Designs, Advertisers, etc.) quickly and easily. For example, if there are several Faces that need to be changed to illuminated, this can be done through the Update window one time, instead of having to change each Face individually.

In the Ad Manager Explorer window or in a Filter, highlight all the Faces you wish to update with the same information. You can highlight multiple Faces by holding either the SHIFT key down (for all items in a range) or the CTRL key down (for specific items) while clicking with the mouse. Once all the desired items have been selected, go to TOOLS-UPDATE.

The screen that will appear allows users to set values for fields related to the items selected. By entering a value into one of these fields, Ad Manager will change each of the selected items to have that value in that field. To select a field, you must first activate it by putting a checkmark next to the field name. If you do not wish to update a field, make sure you "uncheck" the checkbox prior to running the tool.

[[File:New_Update_Faces.JPG]]

Please Note: If you activate a field and leave it blank, the current values will be deleted and left blank for all selected items.

To run the tool, simply click OK.

== Updating Information on Multiple Sites ==
Ad Manager provides the ability to update information for multiple items (Faces, Sites, Contracts, Subcontracts, Designs, Advertisers, etc.) quickly and easily. For example, if there are several Sites that need to be changed to the correct City, this can be done through the Update window one time, instead of having to change each Site individually.

In the Ad Manager Explorer window or in a Filter, highlight all the Sites you wish to update with the same information. You can highlight multiple Sites by holding either the SHIFT key down (for all items in a range) or the CTRL key down (for specific items) while clicking with the mouse. Once all the desired items have been selected, go to TOOLS-UPDATE.

The screen that will appear allows users to set values for fields related to the items selected. By entering a value into one of these fields, Ad Manager will change each of the selected items to have that value in that field. To select a field, you must first activate it by putting a checkmark next to the field name. If you do not wish to update a field, make sure you "uncheck" the checkbox prior to running the tool.

[[File:New_Update_Sites.JPG]]

Please Note: If you activate a field and leave it blank, the current values will be deleted and left blank for all selected items.

To run the tool, simply click OK.

== Using a Virtual Face ==
When scheduling, Ad Manager will allow you to select a Virtual Face if it is available in the inventory.

If all physical Faces that constitute the Virtual Face are available during the time frame being scheduled, the Virtual Face will show as being available. If any one of the physical Faces that constitute the Virtual Face are not available during the time frame being scheduled, then the Virtual Face will not be available.

If a Virtual Face is scheduled during a time frame, all physical Faces that comprise the Virtual Face will not be available during that time frame.

== View a Site or Face ==
Ad Manager location data is broken down into Site and Face information. Each contains different items of information that provide you with a complete picture of that location.

=== To View a Site ===

To view a Site, you can call up a listing of Sites in the List Window by selecting the desired filter or basket from the Shortcut Bar, or by selecting the desired item from the Folder List. A list of Sites that meet the specified criteria will appear in the List Window. Double click on the desired Site to see the Site Details window.

[[File:New_Site_Details.JPG]]

=== To View a Face ===

There are two ways you can view a Face. To view a Face, you can call up a listing of Faces in the List Window by selecting the desired filter or basket from the Shortcut Bar, or by selecting the desired item from the Folder List. A list of Faces that meet the specified criteria will appear in the List Window. Double Click on the desired Face to see the Face Details window.

The second way of seeing Face information is to select the desired Face from the Site. To select a Face associated with a Site, click on the Faces page and a listing of all Faces associated with that Site will appear. Double click the desired Face to see the Face Details window.

[[File:New_Face_Details.JPG]]

To move between Sites and Faces, see [[Location How To#Navigating Sites and Faces|Navigating Sites and Faces]].

== View a Face History ==
If you want to view the scheduling and posting history for a particular Face, open the Face Window and go to the desired Face.

From here, select the Posting Schedules Page, and the Face history will appear. Information is provided on all schedulings and postings that have been entered.

If the information being displayed is not in the desired viewing format, each column can be resized, added or removed or used to sort.

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Posting Schedules to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see schedules related to a particular Contract, Subcontract, Advertiser, etc. or a particular Contract type such as contracted, proposal, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on the Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

For more information on the Posting Schedules Page of the Face, see [[Face#Posting Schedules|Posting Schedules Page]].

Location How To

2013-08-05T00:44:12Z

Administrator:

How To Page for Location.

== Add Neighbours ==
Ad Manager allows users to identify any stores that are in close proximity to each Site. This is done by adding stores to the Neighbors page. When scheduling, Ad Manager can find only those Faces that are on Sites close to particular stores (this is done through the Subcontract Template Page, [[Charting How To#Setting Targeting Requirements|Face Properties]]).

=== Adding a Neighbor ===

To add a Neighbor, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Neighbors Page. From here you can click on the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) . A window will appear where you can select a Neighbor from the list, or click <New...> to enter a store not already on the list. You can add multiple Neighbors to each Site.

[[File:New_Site_Neighbours.JPG]]

=== Deleting a Neighbor ===

If you need to delete a Neighbor from the Site, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Neighbors Page. From here you can highlight the appropriate Neighbor and click on the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). This will remove the Neighbor from the Site, but will not delete the Neighbor from any other Sites.

== Add Utility Accounts to a Site ==
Ad Manager allows you to enter multiple Utility Accounts into the system. This allows you to track the status of existing and previously used Utility Accounts.

=== Adding a Utility Account ===

To add an existing Utility Account to a Site, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Utility Accounts Page. From here you can click on the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). Select the appropriate Utility Account from the list, or select <NEW> to create a new Utility Account and associate it to the Site at the same time.

[[File:New_Add_Utility_Account.JPG]]

For details on creating a new Utility Account in Ad Manager, [[Utility Accounts|click here]].

=== Editing a Utility Account ===

If you need to change some information about a Utility Account, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Utility Accounts Page. From here you can highlight the appropriate Utility Account, double click it or click on the Properties button ([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]). The Utility Account - Details window will appear where you can enter in the appropriate information.

=== Deleting a Utility Account ===

If you need to delete a Utility Account from the list, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Utility Accounts Page. From here you can highlight the appropriate Utility Account and click on the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) on this Page.

For details on deleting a Utility Account from Ad Manager, click here.

== Adding a Face ==
In Ad Manager you can add a Face by going to the Site Details window and selecting the Faces page. To Add a new Face, click the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). This will open the Face window. Alternately, you can add a Face from the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) from any window, click on the arrow to the right of the New icon, and select Face. The following screen will appear:

[[File:New_Add_New_Face.JPG]]

From this screen you can select the Site that this Face will belong to by clicking on the ellipsis ([[File:New_ellipsis.JPG]]). To add a new Face to a New Site, select "New..." from the menu. This will open a blank Site - Details window for you to enter information from scratch. If you wish to create the new Face on an existing Site, pick "Select..." from the menu. This will allow you to filter for the desired Site to add the new Face to.

When adding a new Face from a existing Face window, click on the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]).

If you wish to copy the information from the Face already displayed, and only change a couple of information items, click the "Copy the properties of the current Face" button. If you wish to add a new Face without any information entered, do not click this button.

On the Face window, enter in the appropriate information for each field and click on the Save icon ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]). If you wish to save this Face and add another, click on the Save and New icon([[File:New_save_and_new_button.JPG]]). If you wish to save this Face and close the window, click on the Save and Close icon ([[File:New_save_and_close_button.JPG]]).

[[File:New_Face_Details.JPG]]

=== Details Page ===

In the Face window, enter in the appropriate information related to this particular Face. For more information on each item, see the [[Face#Detail|Face Details Page]] screen.

=== Categories Page ===

The Categories page allows you to specify the positive and negative characteristics of this Face. Ad Manager allows you to target or avoid Faces based on these categories during the scheduling process. If you wish to add conditions or restrictions for a Site, add the condition(s) and/or restriction(s) from the Site Categories Page. Any conditions or restrictions on a Face that have been inherited from the Site are marked with a "Yes".

For information on adding conditions and restrictions to a Site or a Face, see [[Location How To#Adding Location Conditions|Adding Location Conditions]].

=== Line of Sight Page ===

The Line of Sight page allows you to identify any other Faces that you do not want to post competing or conflicting copy on. Typically, this is a listing of all Faces that can be seen at the same time you are viewing this Face.

For information on adding Faces to the line of sight, see [[Face#Line of Sight|Line of Sight]].

=== Inactivity Page ===

The Inactivity page allows you to enter any date ranges where the Face will be inactive. Ad Manager will consider this Face inactive during the date range specified. To enter inactive dates for a Site, add the inactivity from the Site Details window.

For information on how to add inactivity to a Site or a Face, see [[Face#Inactivity|Inactivity]].

=== Circulation Page ===

The Circulation Page allows you to maintain a history of circulation data for each Face. Ad Manager will determine the circulation to use for each Subcontract based on the Subcontract's dates and the "As Of" date for the circulation.

To add the circulation for a Face, go to the Circulation Page and click the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button. Select the date the circulation is to be used from in the "As Of" field. Enter the auto counts from each road section that is used to determine the circulation in separate fields, as Ad Manager will combine them to provide the total circulation. If you have a count station ID for where the count was taken from, this can be entered in the corresponding Count Station field. You can also enter in any pedestrian count information you may have.

=== Images Page ===

The Images page allows you to add any photographs, video or Surround View images specifically related to the Face. These can later be used in client presentations and Photo Sheets.

For information on how to add multimedia for a Face, see [[Face#Images|Images]].

=== Attachments Page ===

The Attachments page allows you to attach any documents or files to a Face. These can be files of type XLS, DOC, PDF, etc. about the Face.

For information on how to attach documents to a Face, see [[Face#Attachments|Attachment]].

=== Notes Page ===

The Notes page allows you to store information specific to the Face. Information entered into the Posting Card Notes field will appear on a posting card every time a card is printed for that Face. The Notes section allows you to store notes that are not printed on any reports.

=== Classification Page ===

Ad Manager allows you to maintain a listing of non-advertiser or category factors that can be targeted while charting (e.g. board rating, income level, ethnicity). Each Face can be assigned a desired value, which can be searched for when undertaking the market scheduling. To add the values for the classifications, click on the Classification Page, highlight the classification you wish to enter information for, click on the value field and select the desired value.

For information on adding classifications, see [[Contract How To#Custom Classification Factors|Custom Classification Factors]].

=== User fields Page ===

The User fields page allows you to create and maintain your own fields of information. You can store and use additional information not contained elsewhere in Ad Manager about every Face in your inventory.

==== Creating a User field ====

To create a new User field, click the New button. Ad Manager will then prompt you for the name of the User field. Once this is saved, the new User field will appear. To enter data relating to the User field, click on the User field you wish to add information for, then double click in the Value field and begin typing. To save your data entry, hit the Enter key on your keyboard.

For more information on User fields see [[Face#User Fields|User fields]].

=== Posting Schedules Page ===

Ad Manager allows you to see the past and future activity on a Face through the Posting Schedules Page. For more information on Posting History, see [[Location How To#View a Face History|View Face History]].

=== Posting Tasks Page ===

The Posting Tasks Page allows you to enter posting related information (including Billposter assignments and completion information) for any campaign assigned to the Face.

== Adding a Site by Duplicating a Site ==
In addition to adding Sites by entering information from scratch, Ad Manager allows you to duplicate an existing Site to create a brand new one. When a site is duplicated, the same number of Faces are created on the new Site as on the old one.

To create a new Site through duplication, go to the Site you wish to copy from, go to the Tools menu, and select Duplicate. Alternately, you can highlight any Site from a Filter or from the Ad Manager Explorer window, and right click on it to select Duplicate.

[[File:New_Duplicate_Site.JPG]]

This screen will show you all the new Faces that will be created for the New Site. Ad Manager will add the same number of Faces as were on the Site being duplicated, along with the Media Type, Face, Facing, and Unit Type information. For each Face you must enter a new Number (middle box) and new Area (right box) if needed.

To enter the Number for the new Face, double click in the middle box in the appropriate position on the list. Ad Manager allows you to type in a number for the new Face. To enter the Area for the new Face, double click in the right box in the appropriate position on the list. Ad Manager allows you to type in an area for the new Face.

Click on NEXT once you have finished entering the new Face numbers and Areas. The next screen, gives you the option to duplicate other Site and Face criteria (User Fields, Categories, Classifications, Permits, Neighbors, Images). Simply place a checkmark next to desired option, and remove the checkmark from the options you do not want to duplicate. To remove a checkmark click in the check box of the option you do not wish to duplicate.

[[File:New_Duplicate_Site_next.JPG]]

Once you have finished entering the new information, click FINISH. Ad Manager will create a new site (you may need to edit the Site description, and enter the City information) along with the specified number of Faces.

== Adding a Site ==
To add a Site into Ad Manager, click the New icon from the Site window ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) and a new Site window will appear. Alternately, click on the arrow next to the new icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) from any window and select Site. The new Site window will appear. Add the appropriate information in for each field and click on the Save icon ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]). If you wish to save this Site and add another, click on the Save and New icon([[File:New_save_and_new_button.JPG]]).

[[File:New_New_Site.JPG]]

=== Details Page ===

In the Site window, enter in the appropriate information related to this particular Site. For more information on each item, see the [[Site#Details|Site Details Page]].

=== Faces Page ===

The Faces page provides information on each Face associated with this Site.

To assign Faces to a Site, you can either go to the Faces page, or add the Face later. If you wish to add a Face at this time, select the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) and the Face Details window will appear.

For information on adding Faces to a Site, see [[Site#Faces|Site Faces]].

=== Categories Page ===

The Categories page allows you to specify the positive and negative characteristics of all the Faces at the Site. Ad Manager allows you to target or avoid Faces based on these categories during the scheduling process. If you wish to add conditions or restrictions for a Face, and not all Faces at the Site, add the condition(s) and/or restriction(s) from the Face Details window.
For information on adding conditions and restrictions to a Site or a Face, see [[Location How To#Adding Location Conditions|Adding Location Conditions]].

=== Permits Page ===

The Permits page provides information on each permit (e.g. Electrical Permits, City permits, State permits, etc.) associated with this Site.

For information on how to add permits to a Site, see [[Site#Permits|Permits]].

=== Neighbors Page ===

The Neighbors page allows you to identify any stores that are in close proximity to this Site. When scheduling, Ad Manager can find only those Faces that are on Sites close to particular stores (this is done through the Subcontract Template Page, [[Charting How To#Setting Targeting Requirements|Face Properties]]).

For information on how to add Neighbors to a Site, see [[Site#Neighbours|Neighbours]].

=== Inactivity Page ===

The Inactivity page allows you to enter any date ranges where the Site will be inactive. Ad Manager will consider any Faces on this Site inactive during the date range specified. To enter inactive dates for a Face, add the inactivity from the Face Details window.

For information on how to add inactivity to a Site or a Face, see [[Site#Inactivity|Inactivity]].

=== Images Page ===

The Images page allows you to add any photographs, video or Surround View images for the Site. These can later be used in client presentations.

For information on how to add images for a Site, see [[Site#Images|Images]].

=== Attachments Page ===

The Attachments page allows you to attach any documents or files to a Site. These can be files of type XLS, DOC, PDF, etc. and could be anything from a signed permit to a written note about the Site.

For information on how to attach documents to a Site, see [[Site#Attachments|Attachment]].

=== Virtual Faces ===

Virtual Faces allows you to use a Face in your inventory as several different media types. For example, you can use a bulletin in your inventory as 1 bulletin Face or 2 poster Faces. However, you need to track how it is sold in a given time frame so you know what is still available to sell and schedule. For example, if you have sold one poster Face for a given time frame, then the other poster Face would be available during that time frame, while the bulletin would not be.

For more information on adding Virtual Faces, see [[Location How To#Adding a Virtual Face|Adding a Virtual Face]].

=== Utility Accounts Page ===

The Utility Accounts page allows you to track your utilities for this Site, including meter readings. You can also track and export your utility payments.

For more information on adding Utility Accounts, see [[Site#Utility Accounts|Utility Accounts]].

=== Notes Page ===

The Notes page allows you to add any notes you may want to keep for this Site. These notes relate to the entire Site, and do not print on posting cards or instructions.

To add notes, simply click on the Notes page and start typing the information you want to add for this Site. When finished, click the Save button ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]).

=== User Fields Page ===

The User Fields page allows you to create and maintain your own fields of information. You can store and use additional information not contained elsewhere in Ad Manager about every Site in your inventory.

==== Creating a User Field ====

To create a new User Field, click the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will then prompt you for the name of the User Field. Once this is saved, the new User Field will appear. To enter data relating to the User field, highlight the User Field you wish to add information for, then double click in the Value field and begin typing. To save your data entry, hit the Enter key on your keyboard.

For more information on User Fields see [[Site#User Fields|User Fields]].

=== Map Page ===

The Map page allows you to place the Site on a map and later view where the Site is located. You can zoom in or out and see whatever detail is desired when reviewing your Sites.

For information on how to place a Site on the map, see [[Mapping#Geocoding Sites|Geocoding Sites]]. For more information on how to use the mapping tools, see [[Mapping#Move Around the Map|Moving Around the Map]].

== Adding a Virtual Face ==
Ad Manager allows users to create Virtual Faces. Sometimes there are situations where you may wish to sell one or more Faces as a different media type. For example, if you have two standard poster Faces side by side, you may want to sell them as a single bulletin Face. To do this, you must ensure that you do not accidentally schedule either of the two poster Faces to other showings during the same time frame. Similarly, you cannot schedule the Virtual Face if any of the affected Faces are scheduled during that time frame. Ad Manager handles this through the use of Virtual Faces.

=== Adding a Virtual Face ===

To add a Virtual Face, go to the Site and create all Faces, physical and virtual as you normally would. Once this is completed, you can identify the relationships between Faces.

[[File:New_Virtual_Faces.JPG]]

=== Adding Relationships Between Faces ===

After you have added all the necessary Faces, a little planning is needed before establishing the relationships. You must determine how each Face affects the others on the Site. For a detailed explanation on how to determine the relationship between your physical and Virtual Faces, see [[FAQ and General Info#Planning Your Virtual Faces|Planning Your Virtual Faces]].

Once you have determined how each Face relates to the others, go to the Virtual Faces page in the Site Details window.

In the top half of the screen select one of the Faces. Using the table you have created that identifies the relationship between the Faces (see [[FAQ and General Info#Planning Your Virtual Faces|Planning Your Virtual Faces]]), drag the appropriate Faces from the "Doesn't overlap with" box at the bottom of the screen into the "Is enclosed by", "Encloses" or "Overlaps With" windows. If there is no relationship between the selected Face and a listed Face, do not drag the listed Face into any window. This will imply the Faces are independant of each other (Doesn't overlap with).

Once you have established all the relationships required for the first Face, select another Face at the top of the screen and repeat the process for that Face. As you enter these relationships, new relationships between Faces may automatically appear in the windows. These will be based on information you have previously entered.

Follow this procedure until all relationships between Faces have been established.

=== Removing Affected Faces ===

If you no longer wish to identify a Face as being affected by the Virtual Face's scheduling, go to the Virtual Faces page of the Virtual Face. In the top of the screen select one of the Faces you wish to remove a relationship for. Highlight the Face you no longer wish to associate with the Virtual Face, and click the appropriate Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). This will not remove the Face from inventory, it will just remove any impact scheduling has between the Virtual Face and the Face being removed.

== Adding Factors for a Face ==
Ad Manager allows users to create their own [[Contract How To#Custom Classification Factors|Custom Classification Factors]] and assign values to each Face. These factors can be used during the charting process to provide clients with campaigns that meet their needs.

To add a Value for a classification factor, go to the desired Face and go to the Classification Page. Double click the factor you wish to provide a value for and a list of accepted values will appear. Click on the value you wish to associate with this Face. If a value does not appear, you must go back and add it from the "Other - All Custom Classifications" database.

[[File:New_Add_Factor.JPG]]

If you wish to change the value already selected for a Face, double click the factor, and the list will appear for you to select the new value.

== Adding Line of Sight ==
Line of Sight allows you to identify any other Faces where their scheduled copy must be considered before scheduling to a particular Face. The scheduling for these Faces is reviewed by the system to determine if any of these Faces have competitive or conflicting advertisers scheduled during that time frame.

=== Manually Adding a Line of Sight Conflict ===

To add a Line of Sight conflict, go to the Line of Sight page of the Face. To Add a new Face to the list, click the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). From here you can select the Face that is in Line of Sight with the current Face.

To do this, enter the criteria that will help you find a list of locations and select Find Now. A listing of all Faces that meet this criteria will appear. Select a location that is in Line of Sight. Proceed to do this for each Face you want in Line of Sight until all desired Faces have been added.

=== Automatic Generating of Line of Sight Conflicts ===

Ad Manager also provides users with the ability to automatically generate Line of Sight conditions for Faces assigned to a Site.

To automatically generate Line of Sight conflict definitions for a Site, go to the Ad Manager Explorer window and click on "All Sites", or click on the Find ([[File:New_find_button.JPG]]) Tool and filter to obtain a list of Sites. Highlight the Sites to generate Line of Sight conflicts for by clicking, CTRL+clicking or SHIFT+clicking each Site. Note that Ad Manager will not generate Line of Sight conflicts BETWEEN these Sites; it will only generate Line of Sight conflicts for Faces WITHIN each Site.

Once you have highlighted the Sites, click on Tools - Generate Line of Sight. Ad Manager will prompt you to identify how you wish to find line of sight conflicts, by direction facing, by the configuration of any Virtual Faces (or by both) or by generating line of sight conditions for all Faces on the same Site. Once you have selected the desired option(s), click OK for Ad Manager to create these Line of Sight definitions.

[[File:New_Generate_Line_of_Site.JPG]]

=== Deleting a Line of Sight Conflict ===

To delete a Line of Sight conflict, go to the Line of Sight page of the Face. To Delete a Face from the list, highlight it and click the Delete Button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]).

== Adding Location Conditions ==
Each Face and each Site can have both positive and negative characteristics associated with them. Some Faces or Sites may be ideal for certain advertisers or products, and this information is valuable when trying to target a showing for a particular advertiser. Similarly, a Face or Site may not be appropriate for a particular advertiser or product, and you would want the system to notify you if this were the case when scheduling.

A Face or Site may also have a certain demographic or strategic location characteristic. The Face or Site may be located in a certain neighborhood, near a certain institution, or facing a particular direction that can be desirable for an advertiser. These items should be added under Classification Factors.

Ad Manager allows you to identify both positive and negative attributes.

=== Adding a Positive Attribute ===

If the characteristic you are adding applies to all Faces at the Site, open the Site window. If the characteristic only applies to a particular Face, open the appropriate Face window.

Go to the Categories page, and in the Conditions box, click the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). This will allow you to select the Group, Advertiser or condition you wish to add as a Positive attribute for this Face or structure.

=== Adding a Negative Attribute ===

If the characteristic you are adding applies to all Faces at the Site, open the Site window. If the characteristic only applies to a particular Face, open the appropriate Face window.

Go to the Categories page, and in the Restrictions box, click the New Button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). This will allow you to select the Group, Advertiser or condition you wish to add as a Negative attribute for this Face or structure.

=== Deleting a Positive Attribute ===

If the characteristic you are deleting applies to all Faces at the Site, open the Site window. If the characteristic only applies to a particular Face, open the appropriate Face window.

Go to the Categories page, and in the Conditions box, click the Delete Button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). This will allow you to select the Group, Advertiser or condition you wish to delete as a Positive attribute for this Face or structure.

=== Deleting a Negative Attribute ===

If the characteristic you are deleting applies to all Faces at the Site, open the Site window. If the characteristic only applies to a particular Face, open the appropriate Face window.

Go to the Categories page, and in the Restrictions box, click the Delete Button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). This will allow you to select the Group, Advertiser or condition you wish to delete as a Negative attribute for this Face or structure.

== Adding Permits ==
Ad Manager allows you to enter multiple permits into the system. This allows you to track the status of existing and pending permits, as well as report on when permits are coming up for renewal.

=== Adding a Permit ===

To add an existing permit to a Site, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Permits page. From here you can click on the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]). From the filter screen, you can locate the desired permit by specifying information pertaining to your permit, such as a Permit number or a Permit description. Then click OK. A list of permits fitting your filtering criteria will appear. Select the appropriate permit by highlighting it and clicking on the OK button.

To add a new permit into Ad Manager, go to the main Ad Manager window and click on the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button. Select Other, and Permit. The Permit - Details page will appear, where you can enter in the appropriate information. Then go to the Sites page of the Permit - Details window, and click on the New Button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) to associate your permit with a Site, or group of Sites.

=== Editing a Permit ===

If you need to change some information about a permit, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Permits page. From here you can highlight the appropriate permit, double click it or click on the Properties button ([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]). The Permit - Details window will appear where you can enter in the appropriate information.

=== Deleting a Permit ===

If you need to delete a permit from the list, go to the appropriate Site, and click on the Permits page. From here you can highlight the appropriate permit and click on the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). To delete a permit from Ad Manager, go to Other - All Permits in the main Ad Manager window. Highlight the desired permit and click on the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). Please note, that you must remove the permit from all associated Sites before you can delete it.

== Adding Traffic Circulation Data ==
Ad Manager allows users to enter circulation data into the system. Users can enter circulation information for up to 3 separate auto counts and 1 pedestrian count.

Contracts use the circulation information to determine delivered to date values. Make sure that if you add a new circulation in, that the effective (As of) date is set to the desired date to avoid under-delivering on Contracts.

=== Adding Traffic Circulation Data ===

Select the Face that you wish to change traffic circulation for. Once the Face is selected, click on the Circulation Page. From this screen you can select the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button to enter the traffic circulation.

[[File:New_Circulation.JPG]]

Select the date you want the circulations to take effect, and enter the circulation data into Ad Manager. Note that the auto circulation can be broken down for up to 3 different road segments, and count station information can be recorded for each. Ad Manager will automatically calculate the total of all auto and pedestrian counts. Once you have finished entering the count information, hit OK.

== Adding User Fields ==
Ad Manager provides the ability to create your own fields to store information. As with all other fields in Ad Manager, User fields can be filtered and searched on using the Find Tool ([[File:New_find_button.JPG]]).

To add a unique User field go the User fields Page and click on the New icon ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]).

[[File:New_New_Userfield.JPG]]

Enter the name you wish to use for the field; once you are finished entering the name select the OK button. To enter a value for this new field simply double click to the right of the field name under the Value name, type in the desired information, and hit enter.

== Making a Face Non-Saleable ==
If you have a Face in your inventory that you want to track, but you should not be posting copy at (e.g. a directory Face, a lease privilege Face), you can mark it as Non-saleable. When charting, this Face will not be considered as available at any time. If you try to schedule it, Ad Manager will warn you that it is a Non-saleable Face.

=== Making a Face Non-saleable ===

Go to the appropriate Face, and click on the Details page. Click on the Non-saleable check box to place a check mark in it and click the Save button ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]).

[[File:New_Face_nonsaleable.JPG]]

=== Making a Face Saleable ===

If a Face is currently marked as Non-saleable, but you want to make it saleable again, go to the appropriate Face, and click on the Details page. Click on the Non-Saleable check box to remove the check mark from it and click the Save button ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]).

== Making a Face or Site Inactive ==
Ad Manager allows you to make a Face or a Site unavailable for scheduling for a period of time. Furthermore, the software also allows you to track a history of inactivity at the Face or Site, and the reasons why it was unavailable.

When a Face is marked as inactive, Ad Manager will not make the Face available for scheduling during the specified time frame. If you try and schedule the Face, the software will warn you that it is inactive during that period. Any Contracts that are charted that are not to be posted during that time frame will still be able to use the appropriate Face or Site.

=== Making the Site or Face Inactive ===

Open the appropriate Face or Site that will be affected during the inactivity. From here, click on the Inactivity page, and select the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button. A new window will appear where you can enter the dates of inactivity and the reason for the inactivity.

[[File:New_New_Inactivity.JPG]]

Once you have entered an Inactivity Date, you should run the Conflicts Tool to see if there is any scheduling during the inactive period, by going to Tools - Face Conflicts if you are adding an inactivity period to a Face, or Tools - Site Conflicts if you are adding an inactivity period to a Site. This scheduling must be removed. If it is not removed, Subcontracts already scheduled with this Face will continue to show the Face as being scheduled. Ad Manager will also print Posting Cards or Instructions for this Face if it remains scheduled on Subcontracts during the inactive period.

=== Changing the Dates of Inactivity ===

If the dates the Face or Site is inactive needs to be changed, go to the appropriate Site or Face, and click on the Inactivity page. Highlight the inactive period you wish to modify, and either double click the item, or select the Properties button ([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]]]). A window will appear where you can change the dates, or the description of, the inactive period.

=== Deleting an Inactive Time Frame ===

If, for some reason, a planned inactivity time frame is postponed indefinitely, you can delete the inactive time frame from the list. Go to the appropriate Site or Face, and click on the Inactivity page. Highlight the inactive period you wish to delete, and click the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]).

== Modify a Face or Site ==
To edit information for a Face or a Site, find the Site and double click it to display the Details window.

If you wish to change information, click on the appropriate page, and make the change in the appropriate field. Once you have finished making your changes, click on the Save icon ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]). This will save the changes you have made.

If you do not wish to save changes you have made, simply close the Details window and, when asked by Ad Manager if you wish to save the changes, select "No".

== Move a Face to a Different Site ==
If a Face (or multiple Faces) move to another Site that already exists in Ad Manager, or if you erroneously entered a Face to the wrong Site, you can use the "Move to Site" function to assign it to the correct Site.

From the Ad Manager Explorer window or from the Find ([[File:New_find_button.JPG]]) Tool, select the Face(s) to move by clicking CTRL+clicking or SHIFT+clicking on them. Go to the Tools menu and select "Move to Site". Ad Manager will prompt you to enter in the Site details or, if you do not have them, you can select the More button to create a Filter that will enable you to find the appropriate Site. Click on the Site to add the Faces to, and click OK.

Ad Manager will then move the Face(s) to the appropriate Site.

== Navigating Sites and Faces ==
Sometimes it is necessary to view several different Faces or Sites, or view Face detail for a Site or even Site detail for a Face. Ad Manager has made it easy to navigate through Faces and Sites.

=== Navigating Through Faces or Sites ===

If you are trying to view information for several different Faces or Sites, Ad Manager allows you to do this with ease. If you wish to go to the next Face or Site, select the Next icon([[File:New_next_button.JPG]]). If you wish to go to the previous Face or Site, select the Previous icon ([[File:New_previous_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will then go to the next (or previous) item, based on the sort order you have selected in the List Window. To go to the top of the list, use the First icon ([[File:New_top_of_file.JPG]]) and to go to the last item on the list, use the Last icon ([[File:New_bottom_of_file_button.JPG]])

=== Showing the Related Site ===

When you are reviewing information for a Face and wish to find out Site related details, it is necessary to go to the Site Details screen for the Face.

To do this, select VIEW from the menu bar, then GO TO SITE. This will take you to the appropriate Site.

=== Showing the Related Face ===

When you are reviewing information for a Site and wish to find out Face related details, it is necessary to go to the Face Details screen for the Site.

To do this, go to the Faces page, and double click the desired Face to view.

== Retiring a Face ==
When a Face is to be permanently removed from inventory you need to record this information in Ad Manager. This will prevent accidental scheduling of this Face on Contracts when it is no longer available.

To enter the Retirement date in Ad Manager, go to the appropriate Face and click on the Retirement Date box on the Details page. Select the date that this Face will be retiring.

[[File:New_Retirement_Date.JPG]]

Once you have entered a Retirement Date, you should run the Conflicts Tool to see if there is any scheduling beyond the retirement date, by going to Tools - Face Conflicts . This scheduling must be removed. If it is not removed, Subcontracts already scheduled with this Face will continue to show the Face as being scheduled. Ad Manager will also print Posting Cards or Instructions for this Face if it remains scheduled on Subcontracts past the retirement date.

For charting not yet undertaken, this Face will not appear as available for any Subcontracts after this date. Any attempt to specifically assign this Face to a Subcontract will result in a warning.

== Updating Information on Multiple Faces ==
Ad Manager provides the ability to update information for multiple items (Faces, Sites, Contracts, Subcontracts, Designs, Advertisers, etc.) quickly and easily. For example, if there are several Faces that need to be changed to illuminated, this can be done through the Update window one time, instead of having to change each Face individually.

In the Ad Manager Explorer window or in a Filter, highlight all the Faces you wish to update with the same information. You can highlight multiple Faces by holding either the SHIFT key down (for all items in a range) or the CTRL key down (for specific items) while clicking with the mouse. Once all the desired items have been selected, go to TOOLS-UPDATE.

The screen that will appear allows users to set values for fields related to the items selected. By entering a value into one of these fields, Ad Manager will change each of the selected items to have that value in that field. To select a field, you must first activate it by putting a checkmark next to the field name. If you do not wish to update a field, make sure you "uncheck" the checkbox prior to running the tool.

[[File:New_Update_Faces.JPG]]

Please Note: If you activate a field and leave it blank, the current values will be deleted and left blank for all selected items.

To run the tool, simply click OK.

== Updating Information on Multiple Sites ==
Ad Manager provides the ability to update information for multiple items (Faces, Sites, Contracts, Subcontracts, Designs, Advertisers, etc.) quickly and easily. For example, if there are several Sites that need to be changed to the correct City, this can be done through the Update window one time, instead of having to change each Site individually.

In the Ad Manager Explorer window or in a Filter, highlight all the Sites you wish to update with the same information. You can highlight multiple Sites by holding either the SHIFT key down (for all items in a range) or the CTRL key down (for specific items) while clicking with the mouse. Once all the desired items have been selected, go to TOOLS-UPDATE.

The screen that will appear allows users to set values for fields related to the items selected. By entering a value into one of these fields, Ad Manager will change each of the selected items to have that value in that field. To select a field, you must first activate it by putting a checkmark next to the field name. If you do not wish to update a field, make sure you "uncheck" the checkbox prior to running the tool.

[[File:New_Update_Sites.JPG]]

Please Note: If you activate a field and leave it blank, the current values will be deleted and left blank for all selected items.

To run the tool, simply click OK.

== Using a Virtual Face ==
When scheduling, Ad Manager will allow you to select a Virtual Face if it is available in the inventory.

If all physical Faces that constitute the Virtual Face are available during the time frame being scheduled, the Virtual Face will show as being available. If any one of the physical Faces that constitute the Virtual Face are not available during the time frame being scheduled, then the Virtual Face will not be available.

If a Virtual Face is scheduled during a time frame, all physical Faces that comprise the Virtual Face will not be available during that time frame.

== View a Site or Face ==
Ad Manager location data is broken down into Site and Face information. Each contains different items of information that provide you with a complete picture of that location.

=== To View a Site ===

To view a Site, you can call up a listing of Sites in the List Window by selecting the desired filter or basket from the Shortcut Bar, or by selecting the desired item from the Folder List. A list of Sites that meet the specified criteria will appear in the List Window. Double click on the desired Site to see the Site Details window.

[[File:New_Site_Details.JPG]]

=== To View a Face ===

There are two ways you can view a Face. To view a Face, you can call up a listing of Faces in the List Window by selecting the desired filter or basket from the Shortcut Bar, or by selecting the desired item from the Folder List. A list of Faces that meet the specified criteria will appear in the List Window. Double Click on the desired Face to see the Face Details window.

The second way of seeing Face information is to select the desired Face from the Site. To select a Face associated with a Site, click on the Faces page and a listing of all Faces associated with that Site will appear. Double click the desired Face to see the Face Details window.

[[File:New_Face_Details.JPG]]

To move between Sites and Faces, see [[Location How To#Navigating Sites and Faces|Navigating Sites and Faces]].

== View a Face History ==
If you want to view the scheduling and posting history for a particular Face, open the Face Window and go to the desired Face.

From here, select the Posting Schedules Page, and the Face history will appear. Information is provided on all schedulings and postings that have been entered.

If the information being displayed is not in the desired viewing format, each column can be resized, added or removed or used to sort.

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Posting Schedules to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see schedules related to a particular Contract, Subcontract, Advertiser, etc. or a particular Contract type such as contracted, proposal, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on the Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

For more information on the Posting Schedules Page of the Face, see [[Face#Posting Schedules|Posting Schedules Page]].

Financial

2013-08-05T00:43:41Z

Administrator:

Page for Financial.

== Adding a Lease ==
The dictionary describes the term "Lease" as follows:

"A contract by which one conveys real estate, equipment, or facilities for a specified term and for a specified rent; also : the act of such conveyance or the term for which it is made."

In Ad Manager you can track all types of information pertaining to a Lease; from the Lease number, to the terms, to which Sites/Faces are attached to it. With accurate and up-to-the minute data entry, you can have the entire history of the Lease; and, with the use of some saved Finders, you can work with your Leases in a timely organized manner.

You can enter Payment Schedules and track Payments in addition to the standard leasing functionality.

The first step is to enter a new lease into the system.

=== Adding a Lease ===

If you are on a Site Window, to enter Lease information, you can either enter the new lease number in the Lease Number field on the Site Details page, or you can go click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Lease. The Lease - Details Window will appear, and a new Lease can be entered.

To add a Lease into Ad Manager, from the main Ad Manager Window, click the File - New - Other menu item and select Lease. The new Lease window will appear.

[[File:New_New_Lease.JPG]]

On this screen, basic information about the Lease can be entered on the Details Page. This information includes the Lease Number, any description you may wish to give for the Lease, the start and end dates of the Lease, and any renewal information you may wish to enter. Usually the renewal information will be dependent upon how you wish to track your Leases and when to address renewals. NOTE: Information you put on this page does not affect your Lease Payment Schedule(s). If you make changes to the dates, you will still have to edit the Payments, as necessary, to reflect these changes.

On the Lessors Page you can add Lessor information. To add a new Lessor, click the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button to the right and you can either select an existing name or create a new one by choosing <New>. If you choose <New> the following window will appear:

[[File:New_New_Lessor.JPG]]

Complete the necessary data such as name, phone numbers, address, etc. NOTE: Vendor Code is a required field and must be filled in. You may also want to complete the Tax Id box if you are providing your Lessor with Government income statements. Perhaps you may wish to add a contact name if the Lessor is a Company rather than a person. To add the Contact person, click the Contacts Page, click the New ( ) button, either choose a name already existing from the list or choose <New> to add a new one and enter the detail. NOTE: You can have as many Lessors on a Lease as necessary.

On the Contacts Page, any contact people that are related to this Lease can be added. To add a Contact person, click on the New ( ) button on the page. From here you can select a Contact from the list, or add one by clicking on <New&ldots;> at the top of the list. Once you have finished adding Contacts to the Lease, click on the Save button to save the Lease.

[[File:New_Lessor_Contacts.JPG]]

The Sites Page and Faces Page will list all Sites and their corresponding Faces that have been attached to the Lease. To learn any further information about a particular Site or Face, double click the item in the listing and it will open the Details Page of whichever item you choose. You will notice that you can neither add nor delete a Site or Face from either Page. The Lease is attached to the Site on the Site Details Page, which by association will attach it to the corresponding Faces.

[[File:New_Lease_Site.JPG]]

[[File:New_Lease_Face.JPG]]

The Notes Page allows you to enter any notes you wish to keep about the Lease. Some Lease reps use this page for their Contact notes any time they make a call or visit the landlord, so they will have a detailed history of the lease and what happened.

[[File:New_Lease_Notes.JPG]]

The User fields page allows you to create your own Fields and fill in a value for each. These fields in turn become searchable criteria in your Lease query and as well can be added to a customized view of a Lease listing. An example of a User field might be Lease Representative and the Value could be the initials or name of the person responsible for that Lease in your company.

[[File:New_Lease_Userfields.JPG]]

The Attachments Page allows you to attach an electronic copy of any correspondence and the signed Lease itself.

[[File:New_Lease_Attachments.JPG]]

The Posting Schedules Page shows you a listing of all past, present and future postings for all Faces that are attached to this particular Lease. This is useful in determining how often the Faces have been sold, and, if you anticipate any difficulties renewing the Lease, you can determine in advance if canceling of the Lease will affect any planned or posted Schedules.

[[File:New_Lease_Posting_Schedules.JPG]]

The Payment Schedules Page, Payments Page, and Payment Summary Page show the financial history of the particular Lease. They are discussed in more detail in the [[Financial#Setting Up Lease Payment Schedules|Setting Up Lease Payment Schedules]] section.

== Adding Bill Definitions ==
The Bill Definition is used as the "template" for the creation of the Invoices that will be sent to your Advertisers, Agencies, etc. Creating the Bill Definition in Ad Manager eliminates the necessity of duplication of data entry. It becomes a single entry with the pre-determined details being exported to your Accounting package. There are 2 types of Bill Definitions that may be created in Ad Manager - Contract and Custom.

=== Adding Contract Bill Definitions ===

This type of Bill Definition is the one that will be attached to a specific Contract and uses some details of it in order to create the "template". It contains invoice amounts for such things as Space, Production, Extensions, etc.

NOTE: Your Contract Bill Definition, even though attached to a Contract, is created independent of the Contract dates and/or amounts. This gives you more flexibility in the creation of your Contracts/Subcontracts/Flights and Invoices.

To create the Bill Definition, find the corresponding Contract using a Finder, Quick Find or a list of Contracts. Click the Bills Page of the Contract and then click the New button to the right.

[[File:New_Contract_Bills.JPG]]

The first requirement is to select the Agency or "Bill to" for this Bill Definition. Ad Manager will default to the Agency that has been input on the Details page of the Contract. If this is not the Agency who will receive the Invoices created from the Bill Definition, click the Select button and a list of Agencies entered on the Contract Details screen is shown (if more than one). Click <More&ldots;> to obtain a list of all Agencies from the Agency Database. Select one and click Finish. The Bill Definition - Details screen will appear.

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_Details.JPG]]

This selection will be automatically populated in the Agency Field of your Bill Definition. NOTE: If you accidentally choose the incorrect Agency on the previous screen, you can still correct this on the Bill Definitions-Details screen by clicking the Properties button on that field. The Purchase Order field will populate from the Contract Details Page, as well as the Sales people information, and Contact Person information in the Agency field. If this information is not present, enter it as required.

The Description field allows you to identify this Bill Definition so it will be easily recognizable from a list of all Bill Definitions. For example, you might enter "Monthly Space Costs", "Credit for late posting", "Bulletin Monthly Cost". The Status determines if the Invoices of this Bill Definition can be exported. Only "Active" and "Force" statuses can be part of an Invoice Export file.

The Invoice Note field allows you to enter an additional line of information that may appear on your Invoices.

NOTE: This note should apply to all Invoices of this Definition. If it does not, enter the note individually on each Invoice once they have been created.

You may also choose to have a location list appear on your Invoice and the format of it by selecting it from the dropdown list. This does not automatically happen, but will need to be programmed to appear in the required field.

To add Line Items for this Bill Definition, click the New button. The following screen will appear.

[[File:New_Add_Line_Items.JPG]]

From this screen you enter a description for the Line item, as well as the corresponding [[GL Code]] to which to assign this line item. The GL Code will match an identical Code set up in your Accounting Package. You can specify whether the dollar amount is a fixed amount, a percent of a specified amount, or a percent of the subtotal. Depending on which of these choices you select, different fields of information will appear for you to complete. You can also identify line items that you do not want to print on the invoice, by checking the box "Do not print".

[[File:New_Line_Item_do_not_print.JPG]]

This allows you to set up journal entries that are not part of the printed Invoice, but will be transferred to your accounting package.

NOTE: This will not apply if you are printing your Invoices using Ad Manager Reports.

NOTE: If the Taxes and Discounts criteria have already been established in the GL Code database of Ad Manager, the percentages will automatically appear and the calculation will be done as the Line Items for each are added.

If there is more than one Sales Person on the Contract, you may specify which one will receive the commission for a particular line item at the bottom of the screen. You can also identify if a particular line item is not to be discounted, or when discounts are applied by checking the box "Do not discount this line item". Once you have completed your Line item information, click OK. You can add additional Line items as appropriate.

NOTE: If this Line Item is for an amount that is a credit, it is entered with a minus (-) sign in front.

Ad Manager processes the Line Items in the order they appear in the list of Line Items. If you have a Line Item that is taking a percentage of a subtotal and it is not in the correct spot, Ad Manager will calculate an incorrect amount. To move a Line up or down on the screen, highlight the Line Item and click the move up or move down button as appropriate.

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_Line_Items.JPG]]

On the Applies To Page you can identify if this Bill Definition applies to a particular subset of Subcontracts. You might use this page if you have a single Contract with Subcontracts set up representing different Media Types or Markets and the invoicing will happen on different dates; or another example might be that you have Bonus Subcontracts set up on your Contract and you don't want to send out an Invoice for these. Click on the box beside the "Applies To specific subcontracts" and then enter the criteria for the particular Subcontracts to which this Bill Definition will apply.

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_Applies_To_specific_contracts.JPG]]

NOTE: The Add and Delete buttons on the screen where the Subcontracts are listed will add or delete the actual Subcontract from the Contract. They are not used to remove a particular Subcontract from the Applies to criteria. What you entered as your criteria will determine your list.

=== Setting Up Invoice Recurrence ===

Once you have completed your Bill Definition details, you can identify the Recurrence for this Bill. To do this, click on the Recurrence Page and the following screen will appear.

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_Recurrence.JPG]]

From this screen you can identify how often and for how long you wish to invoice this Contract. Do this by first selecting a Recurrence Pattern in the top section of the screen. If the Invoices are to be sent quarterly (Jan 1, Apr 1, etc) for example, choose Custom in the Recurrence Type box, and the Recurrence Pattern would be Monthly, Day 1 of every 3 months. If the Invoices are to be sent monthly for example, choose Custom in the Recurrence Type box, and the Recurrence Pattern would be Monthly, Day 1 of every 1 month. You can also choose to invoice on the Subcontract dates if multiple ones have been entered for each posting cycle by selecting it from the Recurrence type dropdown list and Ad Manager will automatically set up the number of Invoices which correspond to these dates and display them on the Invoices Page for you to verify. Also note that you may choose to invoice on a Broadcast calendar by selecting Custom as the Recurrence type and choosing Broadcast.

In the bottom section of the screen set the Range of Recurrence. This identifies the period during which time you wish Invoices to be generated. For example, you might enter the Start Date as August 1, 2005, click the End After and fill in 12 occurrences and the End by date will automatically fill in with the last Invoice date, which, in this example will be July 1, 2006.

You can also identify if the Invoices are "Paid in advance" (i.e. The Invoice is sent at the start of the display period) by leaving the checkmark in the box at the bottom of the screen or sent at the end of the display period by removing the checkmark from the box. To remove the checkmark from the box, click on the box. This field will determine the display Period Dates that are now part of the Invoice information on the Invoices Page. This information can be contained in your Invoice Export and show in printed Invoices. NOTE: If the Invoice Range of Recurrence is set up as Once, you must enter the Period dates to which it applies, regardless of whether the "Paid in advance" box is checked or not.

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_Recurrence_custom.JPG]]

Once you have entered the Bill Definition Details and the Recurrence, click the Save button. If you wish to review or verify when Invoices are scheduled, go to the Invoices page where a listing of all Invoices created as a result of the Bill Definition will display.

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_Invoices.JPG]]

NOTE: No Invoices will appear on the Invoices page until the Bill Definition and its Recurrence have been saved.

=== Recording Notes for the Bill Definition ===

The Notes Page allows you to enter information concerning the Bill Definition that is not contained in the data already entered on the Details or Recurrence pages.

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_Notes.JPG]]

For example, you may have to cancel future invoicing on a Contract because the advertiser/agency has cancelled the Contract. You may wish to record when and why the invoicing was cancelled. It is recommended that if you are using the Notes page, the information be entered in the following format ... Date, Notation, Initials of personwho entered the note. Also, it is recommended that you keep the most current note at the top.

=== Reviewing Your Bill Definition Totals ===

The Invoice Summary Page summarizes the various dollar values of all Invoices created by the Bill Definition.

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_Invoice_Summary.JPG]]

It also records the dollar values of finalized, exported and sent Invoices. These amounts will accumulate as invoicing is exported to your accounting package.

=== Adding A Custom Bill Definition ===

A custom Bill Definition is one that is created independent of any Contract, but you still wish to track in Ad Manager. This could be for such things as the selling of blanking paper, paste, etc. to another person/company. By creating the Bill Definition in Ad Manager you can maintain a complete history of all company related invoicing as well as have a single entry system for it.

To create a Custom Bill Definition click on File - New - Other and Select Bill Definition from the list. The following screen will appear:

[[File:New_New_Bill_Definition.JPG]]

On this screen select Custom Bill and click the Next> button and the following screen will appear:

[[File:New_New_Bill_Definition_custom.JPG]]

Click the Select button to get a list of Agencies, then select the name. If the Agency does not appear on the list, select <New> and enter the details on the following screen.

Click <Finish> when you have selected and/or entered the Agency information. The Bill Definition - Details screen will open. For information on adding a new Agency, [[Agency|click here]].

Complete the Bill Definition as you would for a Contract Bill Definition.

== Adding Billing Schedules ==
Type topic text here.

== Adding Lease Information ==
Type topic text here.

== Adding Tax Codes ==
Type topic text here.

== Allocating Revenue ==
One of the big concerns of any Leasing Department is to have the ability to quickly and accurately allocate revenue to Faces and in turn to Leases. This is especially important with regards to determining Percentage Lease Payments as you need to know how much money the Face(s) on the Lease generated in order to determine the amount to which you apply the percent. As well, you may wish to determine how profitable a particular Lease/Site/Face is to your company.

Using the data and tools provided in Ad Manager, this becomes a much more manageable process. You will be able to set up your Allocation Amounts in advance, determine if all Revenue dollars are allocated, and, provide revenue information to your Payees dependent upon how you pay each one.

NOTE: Ad Manager will only display and calculate Revenues from Line Items on the Bill Definitions that have the GL Revenue Code set up as Face Generated. As well, it is important to note that the Revenue Calculations in Ad Manager are based on Face Days which is a much more accurate method as monies are allocated dependent upon how many days in each month the client is advertising. If the Posting Schedules cross from one month to another, each month will receive a portion of allocation based on the number of days the ad appeared.

=== Setting up Allocations ===

To set up the allocations, you use the Bill Definitions that you have entered for your Invoicing. You can either create the Allocation amounts as you set up the Bill Definition, use a Finder to locate a particular one or work from a list of All Bill Definitions.

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_Details.JPG]]

If working from a list, highlight the Bill Definition you are allocating and click the Allocate Revenue button ([[File:New_allocate_revenue_button.gif]]) in the toolbar. The following window will appear which will be your worksheet for creating the Allocation Amount(s) and assigning the Posting Schedule(s) to each.

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_allocate_revenue.JPG]]

Amounts are the definitions of the Allocation you create. They will display the Posting Schedules that have been added to them, the Faces represented by the Schedules and the amounts allocated and remaining to be allocated in Gross and Net dollars.

All Posting Schedules will display a list of all Faces that are currently scheduled for this Contract in the right side of the screen. NOTE: This list could change, depending upon how far in the future you have scheduled the Contract and/or any changes that you might make to the scheduling or the Bill Definition.

Excluded Posting Schedules will display a list of all Posting Schedules that have not been added to an Amount Definition.

Invoices will display a list of all Invoices created from this Bill Definition.

Subcontracts will display a list of all Subcontracts associated with this Bill Definition.

=== Creating Allocation Amounts ===

To create an Allocation Amount, click the new button in the toolbar. The following window will appear.

[[File:New_Bill_Allocation_Amount.JPG]]

Identify the Name of this Amount (e.g. Total Allocation, January Amount, Poster Amount, etc); enter the Gross and Net dollars; select the Method you wish to use to allocate the dollars; and if this amount applies to a period of time. If you wish to use Scheduled dates instead of posted dates to complete the calculation, check the box. Once you have completed the criteria for this Allocation Amount, click Save. The newly created Amount(s) will now appear on the left side of the window under Amounts. Continue to create the Allocation Amounts, as necessary, until all revenue has been assigned to an Amount.

NOTE: The Gross and Net Amount fields will automatically populate with the unallocated amounts when you create new Allocation Amounts.

[[File:New_Bill_Allocation.JPG]]

=== Calculating Allocations ===

Next you need to apply the Amount(s) to the Posting Schedule(s) as necessary. Click on All Posting Schedules to get the list, highlight which Postings are going to be allocated using an Amount definition and click and drag them to the Amount; or use the Move to button ([[File:New_move_to_button.JPG]]); or right click and choose "Move to" and select the Amount from the list. Click on the Calculate button ([[File:New_allocate_revenue_button.gif]]) in the toolbar and Ad Manager will allocate the amount to the Posting Schedule(s) as per the criteria set up on the Amount. Continue to select your Posting Schedules, assign to the corresponding Amount and Calculate as necessary.

NOTE #1: You may not be able to calculate all Amounts, depending upon how long the Contract has been scheduled.

NOTE #2: If you have more than one Amount defined, you may decide to click on Excluded Posting Schedules and work from this list. As Schedules are associated with Amounts, they will drop from the list, so that the remaining Schedules are ones that have not been associated. This is also a good check to ensure that all valid Posting Schedules have been associated with an Amount.

Once all Amounts have been calculated, click the Save button on the toolbar.

You will now notice that when you select each Amount, the list of Posting Schedules and corresponding Faces will appear on the right side of the screen as well as their allocated Revenue amounts. NOTE: If there is more than one Posting Schedule per Face, you will notice that the Face amount will be the total of the Posting Schedule amounts.

[[File:New_Revenue_Allocation.JPG]]

To remove Posting Schedules that were applied in error to an Allocation Amount, select the Amount to get the list of Schedules, highlight the one(s) that you wish to remove from this Amount, right click and choose Remove or click on the Remove button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) in the toolbar. These Schedules will now appear under Excluded Posting Schedules.

To move Posting Schedules from one Allocation Amount to another, select the Amount to which they are currently assigned to get the list of Schedules, highlight the one(s) you wish to move to another Amount, right click and choose Move to, or click on the Move to ([[File:New_move_to_button.JPG]]) button in the toolbar. You will then see a list of all other Amounts that have been set up. Choose the one to which you are moving the Schedules and click OK.

NOTE: If you move(or remove) an allocated Posting Schedule, you will need to recalculate the affected Allocation Amounts.

== Bills and Invoices - What's the Difference ==
Ad Manager divides the A/R function into Bill(s)/Bill Definition(s) and Invoice(s). The Bill(s)/Bill Definition(s) is used to define the Invoice(s) detail as well as how often and when (Recurrence) the Invoice(s) should be generated. It is used to determine the Agency (Bill to), and the line item(s) that will appear on the Invoice(s). It is also used to determine Sales Person(s)' commissionable amount(s).

The Invoice(s) is the result of the Bill/Bill Definition and is contained in the Financial Export file. The Invoice(s) can also be printed from Ad Manager's Reports menu. Ad Manager does not allow the user to add a new Invoice(s). The user must add a new Bill/Bill Definition or modify an existing one.

== Changing Recurrence Patterns ==
Step one is to check the Payments page of the particular Lease Payment Schedule that you are changing to see if any Payments have been exported from Ad Manager. Find the Lease Payment Schedule and click on the Payments Page.

[[File:New_Lease_Payment_Schedule_Payments.JPG]]

If no Payments have been exported yet from Ad Manager, click the Recurrence page. At the bottom of this screen change the recurrence to reflect the new dates and number of Payments you require.

[[File:New_Lease_Payment_Schedule_Recurrence.JPG]]

If Payments have been exported (even one), change the Recurrence as follows:

Start date = date of the next Payment needed (refer back to your original listing to get this date. In our example above it would be 7/25/2005)

Occurrences = Number of Payments you still require

End date = Date you want to end the Payments.

Save the Payment Schedule and check your Payments Page again to ensure that you now have the correct number of remaining Payments you need and no duplication.

== Commisions ==
Type topic text here.

== Creating Invoices with Escalators ==
You may find that you will have a Contract signed by the Sales Department on which escalators have been defined over the term of the Contract. For example, you might have a 5-year Contract for a Permanent Bulletin that escalates by 5% every year and you will need to set up the Bill Definitions accordingly. In our example you will have 5 Bill Definitions, each with its own amount, date range, etc. and the Definitions will show the following details:

Year 1: Initial $$ amount

Year 2: Initial $$ amount + 5% = Second $$ amount

Year 3: Second $$ amount + 5% = Third $$ amount

Year 4: Third $$ amount + 5% = Fourth $$ amount

Year 5: Fourth $$ amount + 5% = Fifth $$ amount

== Creating Lease Payments with Escalators ==
You may find that you will have a Lease signed by the Leasing Department on which escalators have been defined over the term of the Lease. For example, you might have a 20-year Lease that escalates by 5% at the end of every 5 years and you will need to set up the Payment Schedules accordingly. In our example you will have 4 Payments Schedules, each with its own amount, date range, etc. and the Schedules will show the following details:

Year 1 - Year 5 = Initial $$ amount

Year 6 - Year 10 Initial $$ amount + 5% = Second $$ amount

Year 11 - Year 15 Second $$ amount + 5% = Third $$ amount

Year 16 - Year 20 Third $$ amount + 5% = Fourth $$ amount

You will find that the new Duplicate Tool will assist you in setting up these 4 Lease Payment Schedules, making the necessary changes for each escalator such as dollar amount and dates for the Recurrence.

== Deleting Billing Schedules ==
Type topic text here.

== Exporting Payments ==
Type topic text here.

== Finalizing Invoices ==
Finalizing an Invoice will prevent you from making additional changes to it. This can be done manually prior to an Invoice Export, or it will automatically occur during the Export if you are running the Exporter within Ad Manager. If you wish to finalize Invoices manually, use the Find tool and look for Invoices that meet your criteria.

[[File:New_Find_Invoices.JPG]]

Highlight the Invoices you wish to finalize and go to the Tools menu and click Finalize. Ad Manager will finalize these Invoices. If you were to open the Invoice details screen, Ad Manager will show the Invoice as Finalized with a Unique Transaction ID as well as an Invoice Number if you have set up Ad Manager to automatically number your Invoices under Tools - Options.

[[File:New_Invoice_Finalized.JPG]]

Prior to Finalizing your Invoices, you might wish to Customize the View of your Invoices list to add a column called "Delivery %". This column will tell you the percent of completed Posting Tasks vs. Scheduled Postings for the period of the Invoice. To Calculate the Delivery %, highlight the Invoices, click the Tools menu item and select "Calculate Delivery %". Ad Manager will then calculate this percentage for you so you can determine if enough postings have been completed and the Invoice can be Finalized and Exported.

If at any time, you wish to check the details of one of the Invoices on the list, double click it and the Invoice Details page will appear. Once an Invoice is marked as Finalized, you cannot change the information on the Invoice. You must Un-Finalize it in order to make any changes.

=== Un-Finalizing Invoices ===

If an Invoice has incorrectly been marked as Finalized, Ad Manager provides you with the ability to Un-Finalize it. To Un-Finalize an Invoice, find it either using a Finder, from a list of Invoices or from the Invoices Page of a Contract. Right click on the Invoice you wish to Un-Finalize, go to the Tools menu and select Un-Finalize. Ad Manager will remove the Finalized status, but will still show a Unique Transaction ID, indicating that this Invoice was Finalized at one time.

== Finalizing Payments ==
Finalizing a Payment will prevent you from making additional changes to it. This can be done manually prior to a Lease Export, or it will automatically occur during the Export if you are running the Exporter within Ad Manager. If you wish to finalize payments manually, use the Find tool and look for Lease Payments that meet your criteria. Highlight the Lease Payments you wish to finalize and go to the Tools menu and click Finalize. Ad Manager will finalize these Payments. If you were to open the Payment details screen, Ad Manager will show the Payment as Finalized with a Unique Transaction ID.

Prior to Finalizing your Payments, you might wish to Customize the View of your Payments list to add a column called "Exportable". This column will tell you, even though you have Finalized the Payments, if it can be contained in the Export file of Payments. If the field is blank, double click the Payment(s) to determine why the Payment cannot be exported (e.g. It's marked as In Dispute, the Invoice is not marked as being received, etc.), make the necessary changes and save. Again, you are double checking your Payments to make sure that everything is correct prior to the export.

Once a Payment is marked as Finalized, you cannot change the information of the Payment. You must Un-Finalize it in order to make changes.

=== Un-Finalizing Payments ===

If a Payment has incorrectly been marked as Finalized, Ad Manager provides you with the ability to Un-Finalize it. To Un-Finalize a Payment, find it either with a Finder, from a listing of Lease Payments or from the Payments page of a Lease. Right click on the Payment you wish to Un-Finalize, go to the Tools menu and select Un-Finalize. Ad Manager will remove the Finalized status, but will still show a Unique Transaction ID, indicating this Payment was Finalized at one time.

== GL Codes ==
The GL CODES database contains a listing of General Ledger Codes which will match ones in the users' Accounting Program. Ad Manager uses these codes when setting up a [[Bill definition]] or [[Lease payment schedules]] and they may be part of the data contained in a financial export.

=== Adding a GL Code ===

To add a GL Code, click the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select GL Code. The GL Code Details Window will appear, and a new GL Code can be entered. Enter a Number (may be alpha-numeric), Code (matches the one contained in the Accounting Program and may be alpha-numeric) and brief Description that will identify what the code represents when viewed in a listing.

NOTE: The Number field must be unique, however, the Code may be duplicated.

Identify the Type as Revenue or Expense and whether it is none (-), Discount, or Tax. If it is a Revenue Type, identify if it is Commissionable (sales persons are paid commission on the amount) and/or Face-generated (used in Allocation of Revenue to Faces for Percentage Lease Payments). If it is a Discount/Tax Type, identify the Percentage and the Round To digit(s).

=== Modifying a GL Code ===

To modify a GL Code, simply click the database from the FINANCIAL folder, then double click the desired item and make the changes(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

NOTE: Caution should be taken when modifying a GL Code as it might adversely affect the Bill Definition and Lease Payment Schedules. However, if the Invoice or Payment has been exported, it will not be affected.

=== Deleting a GL Code ===

To delete a GL Code, there must be no reference to it on a Bill Definition or Lease Payment Schedule. Select the database from the FINANCIAL folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the GL Code.

== Lease Payment Schedules and Lease Payments - What's the Difference ==
Ad Manager divides the A/P function into Lease Payment Schedule(s) and Lease Payment(s). The Lease Payment Schedule(s) is used to define the Lease Payment(s) detail as well as how often and when (Recurrence) the Lease Payment(s) should be generated. It is used to determine the Payee(s), payment type, the line items that will appear on the Payment(s) as well as the amount that will be paid.

The Lease Payment(s) is the result of the Lease Payment Schedule(s) and is contained in the Financial Export file. The Lease Payment(s) can also be printed from Ad Manager's Reports menu. Ad Manager does not allow the user to add a new Payment(s). The user must add a new Lease Payment Schedule or modify an existing one.

== Leases with the Financial Module ==
Ad Manager maintains a database of all leases that structures are assigned to. The lease information is used in a number of areas of the software.

=== Adding a New Lease ===

To add a new Lease, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Lease. The [[Leases#Details|Lease Details Window]] will appear, and a new Lease can be entered. Contact details can be entered on the Contacts page.

To set up payments, click on the Payment Schedules page. This will allow you to enter the details related to the payments, including payment calculations, payee and recurrence information.

=== Modifying a Lease ===

To modify a Lease, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Lease ===

To delete a Lease, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the lease.

== Lessors ==
The Lessors database contains a listing of companies and/or people to whom you are making a lease payment(s). Ad Manager uses this database when setting up a [[Lease payment schedules]] and the data may be contained in a financial export.

=== Adding a Lessor ===

To add a Lessor, click the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, then select Lessor. The [[Lessors#Details|Lessor Details]] window will appear, and a new Lessor can be entered. Enter the First Name and Last Name (if you are paying a person), the Company name (if you are paying a company), Business Phone Number, Mobile Phone Number, Business Fax Number and E-mail Address (as applicable). To add the Address information, click on the ellipsis ([[File:New_ellipsis.JPG]]) and enter the Street and/or Postal Box Number, City, State/Province, Zip/Postal Code and Country and then click OK. Enter the Tax Id Number and Vendor Code Number (usually matches one that has been set up in the users' Accounting Package).

NOTE: The Name or Company and Vendor Code fields are REQUIRED fields in order to save the information.

The Notes page allows the user to enter other information about the Lessor, not contained on the Details page.

=== Modifying a Lessor ===

To modify a Lessor, simply click the database from the FINANCIAL folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

NOTE: Caution should be taken when modifying the Name and/or Company field because Ad Manager will change ALL references to these fields no matter if the Lease Payments have already been finalized or exported. Ad Manager history will be changed when you modify these fields even though the users' Accounting Package will contain the original details. Should the user wish to maintain historical data, it is recommended that a new Lessor be created as well as a new Lease Payment Schedule.

=== Deleting a Lessor ===

To delete a Lessor, there must be no reference to it on a Lease Payment Schedule. Select the database from the FINANCIAL folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the Lessor.

== Modifying Billing Schedules ==
Type topic text here.

== Modifying Invoices ==
To make revisions to an Invoice in Ad Manager, first find the particular Invoice that requires changes. You can either choose the Invoice from the listing of all Invoices or select the Contract to which it applies and click on the Invoices Page to obtain the list of Invoices for that Contract. Double click on the Invoice you wish to revise and the following screen will appear:

[[File:New_Invoice.JPG]]

=== Marking an Invoice as Sent ===

If you wish to track in Ad Manager whether an Invoice has been sent, you can do so from the Invoices Page of the Contract. Double click the appropriate Invoice and the screen above will appear. From this screen, click the box beside Sent and enter the date. Click the Save button to keep your changes.

[[File:New_Invoice_Sent.JPG]]

=== Marking an Invoice as Collected ===

If you wish to track in Ad Manager whether monies have been collected against a particular Invoice you can do so from the Invoices Page of the Contract. Double click the appropriate Invoice and the screen above will appear. From this screen, enter the Collected dollars in the field called Collected and Ad Manager will automatically calculate the Balance owning amount.

[[File:New_Invoice_Collected.JPG]]

=== Changing a Single Invoice ===

If you wish to change information about a single Invoice (e.g. adding a one time special credit or charge), this can be done from the Invoices Page of the Contract or from a list of Invoices.

To make the change, double click on the Invoice you wish to modify. From this screen, you can make any changes specific to this Invoice. Once you have made the necessary changes, click on the Save button.

NOTE 1: You might want to record why this Invoice has been changed. Click the Notes Page of the Invoice and make your remarks here. This will be saved with the changed Invoice for further reference.

NOTE 2: You cannot delete a single Invoice in Ad Manager; to skip an Invoice or not have it exported to your Accounting Package, change the type to Cancelled or On Hold on that Invoice and save it.

NOTE 3: If an Invoice has been Finalized and/or Exported, it cannot be modified. You must first Reset the Export Status, then Un-finalize the Invoice in order to make the changes. See Finalizing Invoices.

When an Invoice has been changed, Ad Manager will assign it a Number so at a quick glance you can see Invoices in a list that have been modified.

=== Changing All Invoices ===

If you wish to change a characteristic about all Invoices (e.g. change of Recurrence, Invoice Note, etc.) of a particular Bill Definition, this can be done from the Details Page or Recurrence Page of the Bill Definition as appropriate. Find the Bill Definition, either from a list of all Bill Definitions or from the corresponding Contract. Double click the item to open it and make the necessary changes. After you have made your changes, click on the Save button.

NOTE 1: You might want to record why this Bill Definition has been changed. Click the Notes Page of the Bill Definition and make your remarks here. This will be saved with the changed Bill Definition for further reference.

NOTE 2: If any Invoices have been exported from Ad Manager, they will not reflect the changes. Only non-exported Invoices will change.

=== Deleting a Non-Standard Invoice ===

If you have altered one or more of the Invoices to be different from the standard Invoices that were set up using the Details or Recurrence Pages from the Bill Definition, you can delete these Invoices by highlighting them on the Invoices Page and clicking on the Delete button. This will reset the Invoices to the default Bill Definition.

NOTE: This will only work if the Invoices have not been exported from Ad Manager.

=== Modifying Invoice Period Dates ===

When you create a new Bill Definition in Ad Manager, Invoice period dates are automatically created at the same time for each Invoice of the Bill. These dates are dependent upon information you input on the Recurrence Page of the Bill Definition and if you identified them as "Paid in advance" or not. They can also be contained in your Invoice Export and/or printed on an Invoice. However, you have the opportunity to change the period dates on any Invoice as required.

To change the information, select the Invoice by using the Find tool, selecting from the list of All Invoices or from the Invoice page of a Contract; change the date range and Save the record. The Invoice will now display the new dates.

NOTE: If the Invoice have been finalized and/or exported, you cannot change this information.

== Modifying the Recurrence Pattern of a Bill Definition ==
Step one is to check the Invoices Page of the particular Bill Definition that you are changing to see if any Invoices have been exported from Ad Manager. Find the Bill Definition and click on the Invoices Page.

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_Invoices.JPG]]

If no Invoices have been exported yet from Ad Manager, click the Recurrence Page. At the bottom of this screen change the recurrence to reflect the new dates and number of Invoices you require.

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_Recurrence.JPG]]

If Invoices have been exported (even one), change the recurrence as follows:

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_Recurrence_custom.JPG]]

Start date = date of the next Invoice needed (refer back to your original listing to get this date. In our example above it would be 1/19/2005)

Occurrences = Number of Invoices you still require

End date = Date you want to end the invoicing.

Save the Bill Definition and check your Invoices Page again to ensure that you now have the correct number of remaining Invoices you need with no duplication.

== Price Indexes ==
The PRICE INDEXES database contains a listing of indexes and their source(s). Ad Manager uses these indexes when setting up a [[Lease payment schedules]] and the data may be contained in a financial export.

=== Adding a Price Index ===

To add a Price Index, click the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) for a list of items that you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Price Index. The Price Index Details Window will appear, and a new Price Index can be entered.

=== Modifying a Price Index ===

To modify a Price Index, simply click the database from the FINANCIAL folder, then double click on the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Price Index ===

To delete a Price Index, select the database from the FINANCIAL folder, then double click on the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the Price Index.

== Reviewing Allocated Revenue Status ==
Ad Manager provides you with tools that you may wish to use to ensure that all of your Revenues have been allocated prior to calculating your Percentage Leases.

Method #1: Customize the View in a list of Bill Definitions and add the columns "Gross Face Revenue" and "Net Face Revenue". At a quick glance you can compare these amounts against the Net and Gross Values of the Bill Definition to determine if there is Face Generated Revenue on the Bill Definition, and if so, set up allocation amounts and calculate as required. If you need to see more detail, double click the Bill Definition on the list to open it.

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_customize.JPG]]

Method #2: If you wish to determine the allocation status of one Bill Definition, highlight it in the list, right click and choose View Revenue Allocation Status. Ad Manager will inform you if all Revenue has been allocated or if there is still an outstanding amount remaining. If there is still an outstanding amount, double click the Bill Definition to open it, click the Allocate Revenue button in the toolbar and complete the Allocation.

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_view_allocation.JPG]]

Method #3: If you wish to find any Un-Allocated Revenues against the Bill Definition(s), highlight the one(s) in the list you wish to check, right click and choose Find Un-Allocated Revenue. Ad Manager will check and then provide you with a list of any Bill Definitions that have outstanding amounts. You can work from this list, double clicking each item and completing the Allocation as necessary. You can also customize the list to show Gross and Net Face Revenue.

[[File:New_Bill_Definition_view_unallocated.JPG]]

== Revising Payments ==
To make revisions to a Payment in Ad Manager, first find the particular Payment that requires changes. You can either choose the Payment from the listing of all Lease Payments or select the Lease and click on the Payments page to obtain the list of Payments for that Lease. Double click on the Payment you wish to revise and the following screen will appear:

[[File:New_Lease_Payment.JPG]]

=== Marking an Invoice Received ===

If you have a Lease that requires an Invoice be received prior to payment, you can mark the Invoice received from the Payments Page. Double click the Payment that the Invoice applies to and the screen above will appear. From this screen, click the box beside Invoice Received. Ad Manager will ask you for the Invoice date and number.

[[File:New_Invoice_Recieved.JPG]]

Fill this information in and click OK. Click the Save button to keep your changes.

=== Marking a Lease Payment as Paid ===

If you wish to track, in Ad Manager, whether a Lease Payment has been made, you can do so from the Payments Page of the Lease. Double click the Payment and the screen above will appear. From this screen, click the box beside Paid. Ad Manager will ask you for the date paid, cheque number and status information.

[[File:New_Payment_Paid.JPG]]

Complete the information as appropriate and click OK. Click the Save button to keep your changes.

=== Changing a Single Payment ===

If you wish to change information about a single Payment (e.g. adding a one time special payment or charge), this can be done from the Payments Page of the Lease.

To make the change, double click on the Payment you wish to modify. The Lease Payment - Details screen will open where you can make any changes specific to this Payment. Once you have made the necessary changes, click on the Save button.

NOTE 1: You might want to record why this Payment has been changed. Click the Notes Page of the Payment and make your remarks here. This will be saved with the changed Payment for further reference.

NOTE 2: You cannot delete a single payment in Ad Manager; to skip a Payment or not have it exported to your Accounting Package, change the type to Cancelled on that Payment and save it.

NOTE 3: If a Payment has been finalized and/or exported from Ad Manager, it cannot be modified. In order to make changes, the Export Status needs to be reset, and/or the Payment un-finalized.

=== Changing All Payments ===

If you wish to change a characteristic about all Payments (e.g. change of Recurrence, cheque comment, etc.) of a particular Payment Schedule, this can be done from the Details Page or Recurrence Page of the Payment Schedule as appropriate. Find the Payment Schedule, either from a list of all Lease Payment Schedules or from the corresponding Lease. Double click the item to open it and make the necessary changes. After you have made your changes, click on the Save button.

NOTE 1: You might want to record why this Payment Schedule has been changed. Click the Notes Page of the Payment Schedule and make your remarks here. This will be saved with the changed Payment Schedule for further reference.

NOTE 2: If any Payments have been exported from Ad Manager, they will not reflect the changes. Only non-exported Payments will change.

=== Removing a Non-Standard Payment ===

If you have altered one or more of the Payments to be different from the standard Payments that were set up using the Details Page or Recurrence Page from the Lease Payments Schedules, you can delete these Payments by highlighting them on the Payments Page and clicking on the Delete button. This will reset the Payments to the default Payment Schedule.

NOTE: This will only work if the Payments have not been exported from Ad Manager.

== Setting Up a Lease Using the Financial Module ==
Type topic text here.

== Setting Up a Lease Without the Financial Module ==
Ad Manager allows users who do not have the Financial Module to enter basic lease information into the system. This allows the user to track the lease and any relevant contact information. Users who have the Financial module can also enter payment schedules and review payment information. For information on setting up a Lease using the Financial Module, [[Financial#Setting Up a Lease Using the Financial Module|click here]].

=== Adding a New Lease ===

To add a New Lease into the system, you can go to the Site and enter the Lease Number, or you can enter it from the Leasing Screen.

=== From the Site ===

Go to the desired Site, make sure the Leased check box has been selected, and select the Lease number from the Lease dropdown Combo box ([[File:New_Lease_dropdown.JPG]]). If the Lease Number is not on the list, type the desired Lease Number into the box. Ad Manager will display a new screen that will allow you to enter Lease Details.

=== From the Leasing Screen ===

To enter a New Lease from the Leasing screen, select the arrow portion of the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]), Other and then Lease from the Ad Manager Explorer Window.

== Setting Up Lease Payment Schedules ==
In order to have Lease Payments for a particular Lease, you must first set up a Lease Payment Schedule. No Lease Payments will be created without the Schedule that acts as the "template" for its corresponding Payments. Ad Manager allows you to have multiple Payment Schedules, each with different Payees, different amounts and recurrences as needed.

To add a Lease Payment Schedule, go to the Lease you wish to add a Payment Schedule for. This can be done by using the Find tool or selecting the appropriate Lease from the list of All Leases.

When you have selected the desired Lease, click on the Payment Schedules Page.

[[File:New_Lease_Payment_Schedule.JPG]]

To add a new Payment Schedule, click on the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button and the following screen will appear.

[[File:New_New_Payment_Schedule.JPG]]

From this screen you can add a Payment Schedule by selecting the appropriate Payee from the Payee list. If the Payee is not listed, you can add them in by typing the appropriate information. When you hit the Tab key on your keyboard after entering a new Payee, Ad Manager will display a window that allows you to enter in all relevant details about this Payee, including their Tax ID and Vendor Code information. NOTE: Vendor Code is a required field and must be entered. After entering the details, click OK to return to the Payment Schedule.

You can also enter a Description of this Lease Payment, as well as a Cheque Comment. The Description is for internal use, identifying the type of Schedule this is on a listing of Payment Schedules (e.g. Monthly Lease Payment, Annual % Top-Up Payment, etc.), and the Cheque Comment is what can appear as a memo item on the cheque.

From the Type list you can identify whether this lease is for Cash, Trade, or Other.

The Status list allows you to identify whether this Payment Schedule is Active, Cancelled, In Dispute, On Hold or Suspended. NOTE: Only Lease Payments identified as Active can be exported from Ad Manager to your Accounting Package.

You also can identify whether a Lease Payment will only be issued when an Invoice is received from the Payee. Check the box beside Invoice Required to indicate this. NOTE: Any payment with this box checked will not export until the Invoice Received box has been checked and details are entered on the Payment.

To add Line Items for this Payment Schedule, click the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button. The following screen will appear.

[[File:New_Payment_Line_Item.JPG]]

From this screen you enter in a description for the Line item, as well as the GL Code to which this line item is assigned. This GL Code will match an identical Code set up in your Accounting Package. You can specify whether the dollar amount is a fixed amount, a percent of a specified amount, or a percent of the subtotal. Depending which of these choices you select, different fields of information will appear for you to fill in. Once you have completed your Line Item information, click OK. You can add additional Line Items as appropriate. You can also identify line items that you do not want to print on the cheque stub, by checking the box "Do not print".

[[File:New_Payment_Line_Item_do_not_print.JPG]]

This allows you to set up journal entries that are not part of the printed cheque information, but will be transferred to your accounting package. NOTE: This will only apply if you are printing your cheques using Ad Manager Reports.

NOTE: If the Taxes and Discounts criteria have already been established in the GL Code database of Ad Manager, the percentages will automatically appear and the calculation will be done as the line items for each are added.

Ad Manager processes the Line Items in the order they appear in the list of Line Items. If you have a Line Item that is taking a percentage of a subtotal and it is not in the correct spot, Ad Manager will calculate an incorrect amount. To move a Line up or down on the screen, highlight the Line Item and click the move up ([[File:New_move_up_button.JPG]]) or move down ([[File:New_move_down_button.JPG]]) button as appropriate.

=== Setting Up Recurrence ===

Once you have completed your Lease Payment details, you can identify the Recurrence for this Payment Schedule. This will determine how often and when the Payments are to be made. To do this, click on the Recurrence Page and the following screen will appear.

[[File:New_Lease_Payment_Recurrence.JPG]]

From this screen you can identify how often and for how long you wish to pay this Schedule. Do this by first selecting a Recurrence Pattern in the top section of the screen. If the Lease is paid quarterly (Jan 1, Apr 1, etc) for example, the Recurrence Pattern would be Monthly, Day 1 of every 3 months.

In the bottom section of the screen set the Range of Recurrence. This identifies the period during which time you wish Payments to be generated. For example, you might enter the Start Date as January 1, 2003, click the End After and fill in 40 occurrences and the End by date will automatically fill in with the last Payment date, which, in this example will be October 1, 2012.

You can also identify if the Payments are "Paid in advance" by leaving the check in the box at the bottom of this screen or paid in arrears by removing the check from the box. To remove the check from the box, click in the box. This field will determine the Period dates which are now part of the Payment information on the Payments page. This information can be contained in your Lease Payment Export to show on the printed cheque. NOTE: If the Payment Range of Recurrence is set up as Once, you must enter the Period dates to which it applies, regardless of whether the "paid in advance" box is checked or not.

[[File:New_Payments_paid_in_advance.JPG]]

Once you have entered the Lease Payment Details and the Recurrence, click the Save button. If you wish to review or verify when Payments are scheduled, go to the Payments Page.

NOTE: No payments will appear on the Payments Page until the Schedule and its Recurrence have been saved.

=== Notes Page ===

The Notes page allows you to enter information concerning the Payment Schedule that is not contained in the data already entered on the Details or Recurrence pages.

[[File:New_Lease_Payment_Schedule_Notes.JPG]]

For example, you may have changed the Status of the Lease Payment Schedule from "Active" to "In Dispute" while you are in discussions with the landlord over payments. You may wish to record when and why the payments were changed. It is recommended that if you are using the Notes page, the information be entered in the following format &ldots; Date, Notation, Initials of Person who entered the note. Also, it is recommended that you keep the most current note to the top.

=== Payment Summary Page ===

The Payment Summary page summarizes the various dollar values of all Payments created by the Payment Schedule.

[[File:New_Lease_Payment_Schedule_Payment_Summary.JPG]]

It also records the dollar values of finalized, exported and paid payments. These amounts will accumulate as payments are exported to your accounting package.

== Special Billing ==
Type topic text here.

== Standard Billing ==
Type topic text here.

== Steps to Set Up Billing ==
Type topic text here.

== Transferring Billing Details to Accounting System ==
Type topic text here.

== Viewing Allocated Revenue ==
At any time you can view your Allocated Revenues in Ad Manager by going to Tools - Financial - View Allocated Revenue in the Main Explorer Window. When you do this, the following window will appear:

[[File:New_View_Allocated_Revenue.JPG]]

Here you will enter if you wish to view the Revenues by Lease, Site, Face or Posting; the Start Date from which you wish to view the data and for how many periods; and the duration of each period. For example, if you wish to see the revenues for particular lease and need to provide a listing of all Postings to accompany the cheque, you would choose Postings and check the box beside Filter to input the Lease criteria. Perhaps this is a quarterly payment, so you would enter the start date for 3 periods and the duration would be 1 month. When all the criteria have been entered, click OK and Ad Manager will display this information accordingly.

[[File:New_Revenue.JPG]]

You can customize the view of these results to display only the information you wish to appear on your report and sort it as required. You can also store your customized view by clicking View - Stored Views - Save Current View As, name the view and click OK. This will save the customized view so it can be applied as required to a listing of revenue by postings as in our example above by clicking View - Stored Views, and selecting the desired view from the list.

You can print the resulting list from this window by clicking the Print button in the toolbar. To do any further calculations (e.g. Totaling columns, figuring % amounts) you would export the list by clicking File - Export and then open it in a program such as Excel.

It is important to note that the Revenue Calculations in Ad Manager are based on Face Days which is a much more accurate method as monies are allocated dependent upon how many days in each month the client is advertising. If the Posting schedules cross from one month to another, each month will receive a portion of allocation based on the number of days the ad appeared. The amounts shown using this Tool reflect this method of allocation.

The following are examples of how the data will display, depending upon whether you select Lease, Site, Face or Postings from the dropdown.

=== Revenues by Lease ===

[[File:New_View_Allocated_Revenue.JPG]]

[[File:New_Revenue.JPG]]

=== Revenues by Site ===

[[File:New_View_Allocated_Revenue_site.JPG]]

[[File:New_Revenue_site.JPG]]

=== Revenues by Face ===

[[File:New_View_Allocated_Revenue_face.JPG]]

[[File:New_Revenue_face.JPG]]

=== Revenues by Posting ===

[[File:New_View_Allocated_Revenue_posting.JPG]]

[[File:New_Revenue_posting.JPG]]

Contract

2013-08-05T00:42:59Z

Administrator:

Page for Contract.

== Attachments ==
The Attachments Page is where documents can be stored pertaining to the Contract. You can create a document library showing different files or documents, of any file type (TXT, DOC, XLS, PDF), with each Contract. Signed Contracts and Proposals are a couple of examples of what can be saved here.

[[File:New_Contract_Attachments.JPG]]

Tool buttons on the Attachments Page:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new item for this Contract. A window will appear where you can select the desired file.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete an item for this Contract. Highlight the item, and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Open the document or File item. Highlight the item and click the properties button.

[[File:New_save_button.JPG]]- Save the item to your computer or network drives. Highlight the item, and click on the Save As button.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Contract|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Contract Tools Menu|click here]].

== Bills ==
The Contract Bills Page provides a listing of all scheduled bills for this contract.

[[File:New_Contract_Bills.JPG]]

Tool buttons found at the top of the Contract - Details screen when you are on the Bills Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the Bills in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of Bills, in the event changes to the Bills have occurred since you visited this page.

[[File:New_update_button.JPG]]- The Update button allows you to select one or more Bill Definitions and change information on them. All highlighted Bills will be changed to reflect the items selected.

[[File:New_allocate_revenue_button.gif]]- This button allows you to allocate your revenue from this Contract to the assigned Faces.

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Bills pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Bill for this Contract. The New Bill window will open where you can choose the Agency to Bill, then proceed to the Bill Definition - Details window where you can enter information related to the Bill.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Bill from this Contract. Highlight the item and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Opens the Bill Definition - Details window to allow you to review or change any information related to the Bill.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Contract_Bills_Right_Click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of Bill Definitions will display this menu. From here you can change the status of a Bill as well as any line items by using the Update option, find revenue not yet allocated, view the status of revenue allocation, allocate revenue, and duplicate the Bill Definition.

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Update - The Update menu item allows you to to modify a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted Bill Definitions.

Find Un-Allocated Revenue - This tool allows you to quickly get a list of which Bill Definitions, from the ones highlighted, have revenue that has not yet been allocated. The Un-Allocated Bill Definitions window will display these Bills. From here, you can highlight each one, click on the Allocate Revenue button in the toolbar and complete the Allocation.

View Revenue Allocation Status - This tool allows you to determine the allocation status for the highlighted Bill Definitions. Ad Manager will inform you if all Revenue has been allocated or if there is still an outstanding amount remaining. If there is still an outstanding amount, double click the Bill Definition to open it, click the Allocate Revenue button in the toolbar and complete the Allocation.

Allocate Revenue - This tool allows you to allocate the revenue from the highlighted Bill Definition(s) to the appropriate Faces.

Duplicate - The Duplicate menu item allows you to create a new Bill Definition with the same Line item configuration as the current Bill Definition.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Contract|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Contract Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Bills to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Bills with certain recurrence patterns, for specific Agencies, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

== Demographic Profile ==
Type topic text here.

== Details ==
The Details Page is where information about the Contract is stored. Information on what type of Contract it is, who the advertiser is, Contract duration and amount are kept on this page.

[[File:New_Contract_Details.JPG]]

Fill in the appropriate information for each field. Select the appropriate item from any of the drop down lists (in the [[File:New_dropdown_button.JPG]] boxes) or type in the information if it is not present.

Tool buttons specific to the Agencies and Sales people sections of the Details Page:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Agency or Sales person item for this Contract . A window will appear where you can select the desired Agency/Sales person, and you can provide additional details as appropriate. Multiple Agencies and Sales People can be added for a Contract.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete an Agency or Sales person from this Contract. Highlight the item and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Change the information associated with the highlighted Agency/Sales person.

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Contract|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Contract Tools Menu|click here]].

=== Fields ===

Advertiser: This is the name of the Advertiser (Client). Since Ad Manager allows you to specify the brand at the Subcontract level, it is recommended the Advertiser's name go here.

Agencies: This is where any Agencies that are associated with this Contract can be added. In Ad Manager, the Agency is the "Bill To" field. Therefore, if you are dealing directly with the Advertiser and not going through an Agency, the Advertiser should be entered here as the Agency. To add an Agency to the Contract, select the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button and choose the desired Agency. If the Agency is not listed, you can add one by clicking on <NEW> at the top of the pulldown list. For information on how to enter Agencies, [[Agency|click here]].

Created on/by: These two field show you when this Contract was created and who created it.

Duration: This is the entire duration of the Contract, from the first scheduled posting to the last date when copy is scheduled to be posted.

Hold Expiry: If a Contract is identified as a Limited Hold, this item will appear on the screen to allow you to enter the date and time that it shall revert to a Proposal.

Media Buyer: This is where you can identify who the Media Buyer for this Contract is.

Number: This is the Contract Number to be assigned to this Contract. If this is a Proposal, the Proposal Number may be entered or left blank. If left blank, Ad Manager will automatically number the Proposal for you.

Related Contract: This field allows you to reference another Contract assocated with this one.

Sales Office: This is the office/department/plant/company which sold the Contract.

Sales People: Any Sales people that are associated with this Contract can be identified, along with the percentage of the total commission they are to receive. To add a Sales person to the Contract, select the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button. If the Sales person is not listed, choose <NEW> and enter the Sales person into the system. The total of all Sales people on the Contract must equal 100%.

Signed on: This is the date the Contract was Signed.

Status: This is the Status of the Contract. Ad Manager allows you to identify the Contract as being a Proposal (this status allows you to undertake scheduling without affecting the number of Faces available and is usually used for preliminary requests from clients), Limited Hold (Ad Manager allows you to hold (reserve) Faces for a Contract for a default of 72 hours - this will affect your list of available Faces), Unlimited Hold (Faces are reserved, and will remain unavailable until they are removed from the Hold, or the status of the Contract changes), or Contracted (the approval has been given to proceed).

Type: This is an optional field that you can use to designate the Contract type. For example, you can use it to mark the Contract as "New", "Renewal", "Out-for-Signature", "Cancelled", etc.

Updated on/by: These two fields show you when this Contract was last updated and by whom.

== Invoice Summary ==
The Invoice Summary Page allows you to identify how well you have reached your Invoicing requirements. From this screen you can see how much money has been Invoiced, Finalized, Exported, Sent, Collected and the Current Balance Owing. As well as how much money is Commissionable and Discounted for this Contract.

[[File:New_Contract_Invoice_Summary.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Contract|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Contract Tools Menu|click here]].

== Invoices ==
The Contract Invoices Page provides a listing of all Invoices that have been scheduled to be billed for this Contract.

[[File:New_Contract_Invoices.JPG]]

Tool buttons found at the top of the Contract - Details screen when you are on the Invoices Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the Invoices in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of Invoices, in the event changes to the Invoices have occurred since you visited this page.

[[File:New_update_button.JPG]]- The Update button allows you to select one or more Invoices and change information on them. All highlighted Invoices will be changed to reflect the items selected.

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Invoices pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Invoice for this Contract . The Invoice-Detail window will appear where you can enter information related to the invoice.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted invoice from this Contract. Highlight the item and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Opens the Invoice-Details window to allow you to review or change any information related to the invoice.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Contract_Invoices_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of Invoices will display this menu. From here you can change the due date of an Invoice, the status of an Invoice as well as any line items by using the Update option, as well as, finalize, un-finalize, reset the exported status, and calculate the delivery percentage of an Invoice or group of highlighted Invoices.

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Update - The Update menu item allows you to to modify a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted Invoices.

Finalize - Finalizing an Invoice will prevent you from making additional changes to it. This can be done manually prior to an Invoice Export, by using this tool, or it will automatically occur during the Export. If you wish to finalize invoices using this tool, highlight them first, then right-click to get this menu option. Once finalized, the Invoice is marked so and will display a unique Transaction ID as well as an Invoice Number.

Un-Finalize - If an Invoice has incorrectly been marked as Finalized, this tool allows you to un-finalize it. Ad Manager will remove the Finalized status of the Invoice, but will still show a unique Transaction ID, indicating this Invoice was Finalized at one time.

Reset Exported Status - If an Invoice has been Exported incorrectly, this tool allows you to mark it as un-exported, so that you may Export it again at a later date.

Calculate Delivery % - This tool will tell you the percent of completed Posting Tasks vs. Scheduled Postings for the period of the selected Invoice(s). This will allow you to determine if enough postings have been completed so that the Invoice can be Finalized and Exported.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Contract|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Contract Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Invoices to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Invoices that are due on a certain date, finalized or exported on a certain date, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

== Notes ==
The Notes Page allows you to store notes for use on Posting Cards/Instructions, along with general notes about the Contract.

[[File:New_Contracts_Notes.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Contract|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Contract Tools Menu|click here]].

To enter a note to appear on Posting Cards/Instructions, click in the Posting card note pane and type the note you wish to have appear.

If you wish to enter a general note for the Contract (this note will not appear on Posting Cards/Instructions), click in the Notes pane and type the appropriate information.

== Posting Schedules ==
The Contract Posting Schedules Page allows you to see all scheduling that has been undertaken on all Subcontracts of this Contract.

[[File:New_Contract_Posting_Schedules.JPG]]

Tool buttons found at the top of the Contract - Details Page when you are on the Posting Schedules Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the activities in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of activities, in the event changes to the activities have occurred since you visited this page.

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Posting Schedules pane are:

([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]])- Allows you to delete a scheduled item. When you delete scheduling from this page, Ad Manager automatically updates your Subcontract charting information for you.

([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]) - Allows you to modify or review information related to the highlighted posting schedules. If you modify any information (dates, posting type, design), Ad Manager will check for any scheduling or location related conflicts and inform you of any problems. Ad Manager automatically updates your Subcontract charting information for you.

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Contract|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Contract Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Posting schedules to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see schedules (charting) related to a particular Site, Face, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Contract_Posting_Schedules_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of assigned Faces will display this menu. From here you can change posting type and alter the assignment's duration by using the Update option, copy to another flight, create a new task (e.g. repost), or create a Take Down task.

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Update - The Update menu item allows you to to modify a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted schedules.

Copy To Flight - This will allow you to copy (transcribe) the highlighted Faces from this Subcontract flight to any other flight for any Subcontract. Ad Manager will check to ensure the Face is available and suitable on the new Subcontract flight.

Copy to Multiple Flights - This will allow you to copy (transcribe) the highlighted Faces from this Subcontract flight to other flights for other Subcontracts (instead of copying them one at a time). Ad Manager will check to ensure the Face(s) is/are available and suitable on the new Subcontract flights.

New Task - This will allow you to create a new posting of the same copy on a different date for this Subcontract or create a Take-Down record for the highlighted Face(s).

Create Take-Down Task - This feature allows you to inform Ad Manager to create a task that will generate a Posting Card/Instruction that will remove the existing copy and not replace it with new copy. You can specify the date that this Take-Down will occur.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

== Posting Tasks ==
The Posting Tasks Page allows users to enter posting related information (including Billposter assignments and completion information) for any Face assigned to this Contract.

[[File:New_Contract_Posting_Tasks.JPG]]

Tool buttons found at the top of the Contract - Details Screen when you are on the Posting Tasks Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the activities in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of activities, in the event changes to the activities have occurred since you visited this tab.

[[File:New_update_button.JPG]]- The Update button allows you to select one or more posting tasks and update the posting task information for them. For more information on using the Update button, see [[Posting How To#Change or Remove Posting Information|Change or Remove Posting Information]].

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Posting Tasks pane are:

([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]])- Allows you to delete a posting task. When you delete tasks from this page, Ad Manager automatically updates your Subcontract charting information for you.

([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]) - Allows you to modify or review information related to the highlighted posting tasks. If you modify any information (dates, posting type, design), Ad Manager will check for any scheduling or location related conflicts and inform you of any problems. Ad Manager automatically updates your Subcontract charting information for you.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Contract|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Contract Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Posting tasks to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see tasks related to a particular Site, Face, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Contract_Posting_Tasks_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of posting tasks will display this menu. From here you can update posting information for this task, or go to the appropriate item.

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Update - This allows you to enter posting related information (including Completion information) for the selected task.

Assign Billposter - Allows you to identify the Billposter who will be responsible for posting the copy. When producing posting cards/instructions, you can filter to find only those items that have been scheduled for a particular Billposter.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

== Related Contracts ==
Ad Manager provides a listing of all other Contracts related to this Contract through the Related Contracts Page.

[[File:New_Contract_Related_Contracts.JPG]]

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Related Contracts pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Related Contract for this Contract . The Contract - Details window will appear where you can enter information for the new Contract.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Related Contract from this Contract. Highlight the item and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Opens the Related Contract window to allow you to review or change any properties related to the Contract.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Contract|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Contract Tools Menu|click here]].

== Subcontracts ==
Ad Manager provides a listing of all Subcontracts for a Contract through the Subcontracts Page.

[[File:New_Contract_Subcontract_(digital).JPG]]

[[File:New_Contract_Subcontract_(static).JPG]]

Tool buttons found at the top of the Contract - Details Screen when you are on the Subcontracts Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the Subcontracts in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of Subcontracts, in the event changes to the Subcontracts have occured since you visited this page.

[[File:New_chart_button.JPG]]- The Chart button allows you to chart (schedule) Faces to the highlighted Subcontract.

- The Update button allows you to select one or more Subcontracts and update information for them. All highlighted Subcontracts will be changed to reflect the items selected.

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Subcontracts pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Subcontract for this Contract . The Subcontract window will appear where you can enter information for the Subcontract.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Subcontract from this Contract. Highlight the item and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Opens the Subcontract window to allow you to review or change any properties related to the Subcontract.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Contract|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Contract Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Subcontracts to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Subcontracts starting on a certain date, of a certain media type, in a specific market, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Contract_Subcontract_right_click_(digital).JPG]]
[[File:New_Contract_Subcontract_right_click_(static).JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of Subcontracts will display this menu. From here you can change the market, media type and alter the Subcontract duration by using the Update option, change the Brand, chart faces to the Subcontract, or create a new Subcontract.

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

New - Allows you to create a new Subcontract for this Contract.

Brand - Allows you to select a brand for the currently highlighted Subcontract.

Chart - Allows you to schedule Faces for the currently highlighted Subcontract.

Update - The Update menu item allows you to to modify a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted Subcontracts.

Subcontract Conflicts - The Conflicts menu item allows you to view all conflicts that exist on the highlighted Subcontract(s). You can specify what conditions are considered to be a Conflict prior to clicking OK. The subsequent list consists of all scheduling that has generated a conflict.

Wipe Subcontract(s) - Allows you to delete the highlighted Subcontract(s) and all scheduling at one time. This will NOT delete the Contract, or Subcontract(s) that are not highlighted.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

== Reservations ==
Type topic text here.

== Subcontracts (Digital) ==
Type topic text here.

== Subcontracts (Static) ==
Type topic text here.

== User Fields ==
Ad Manager allows users to create their own fields to store information for use throughout the program. These User fields can be filtered on when doing a find.

[[File:New_Contract_Userfields.JPG]]

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the User Fields pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- The New button allows you to create a new User field. When a User field is created, Ad Manager creates it for every Contract.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- The Delete button allows you to delete the highlighted User field. When a User field is deleted, it is deleted for every Contract.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Clicking the Properties button will allow you to change the name of the highlighted User field. When the name of a User field is changed, it is changed for every Contract.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Contract|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Contract Tools Menu|click here]].

To change the value assigned to a User field, double click the User field to edit, and type the new value in. Press the Enter key on your keyboard to save your change. Every User field does not need to be filled in for a contract, only those items that relate to this Contract.

== Contract Value ==
The Contract Value Page allows you to view information about the revenue generated by this Contract. This is the value for the entire Contract. Users can identify rate card, gross and net amounts. The Value is not entered on this screen; it is automatically calculated based on the values entered on the Subcontracts and Posting Schedules.

[[File:New_Contract_Value_Screen.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Contract|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Contract Tools Menu|click here]].

== Versions ==
Type topic text here.

== Web Customers ==
Type topic text here.

Main Page

2013-08-05T00:41:53Z

Administrator: /* How To */

== Release Notes==

A list of the most recent [[Ad Manager Release Notes]].

== Navigation ==

=== General ===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
| [[Buttons]] || [[FAQ and General Info]] || [[General]]
|-
| [[Glossary]] || ||
|}

=== How To ===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
| [[Charting How To]] || [[Contract How To]] || [[Design How To]]
|-
| [[Filtering and Archiving How To]] || [[Location How To]] || [[Posting How To]]
|-
| [[XML Mapping Export Tool]]] || [[Using the Check Playlists Tool]] || [[Using the Custom Rate Option]]
|-
| [[Using the Photo Tools in Ad Manager]] || ||
|}

=== Leases ===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
| [[Lease payment]]|| [[Lease payment schedules]] || [[Leases]]
|}

=== Inventory ===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
| [[Site]] || [[Face]] || [[Players]]
|}

=== Contracts ===
{| class="wikitable"
|-
| [[Contract]] || [[Subcontract]] || [[Design]]
|}

=== Financial ===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
| [[Bill definition]] || [[Contract]] || [[Financial]]
|-
| [[Invoice]] || [[Lease payment]] || [[Lease payment schedules]]
|-
| [[Leases]] || ||
|}

=== Maintenance ===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
| [[Incidents]] || [[Maintenance]] || [[Maintenance jobs]]
|-
| [[Structures]] || [[Task schedules]] || [[Tasks]]
|-
| [[Work orders]] || ||
|}

=== Other ===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
| [[Agency]] || [[Billposter]] || [[Lessors]]
|-
| [[Mapping]] || [http://wiki.d2dcm.com/index.php/Dot2Dotcommunications:About Dot2Dot Communications] || [[Multimedia]]
|-
| [[Permits]] || [[Reports]] || [[Utility accounts]]
|-
| [[Utility companies]] || ||
|}

----
'''MediaWiki has been successfully installed.'''

Consult the [//meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software.

== Getting started ==
* [//www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]
* [//www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]
* [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list]
* [//www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Localisation#Translation_resources Localise MediaWiki for your language]

Markets

2013-08-05T00:40:56Z

Administrator:

== Markets ==
Markets are regions for which contracts are sold; a market is made up of one or more different [[Areas|AREAS]].

The MARKETS database is used when creating and charting a contract. When inputting a contract, a market (consisting of areas) is selected to provide the client with an agreed upon distribution of faces in their target area(s). When charting, the MARKETS database is accessed to determine what distribution of faces within each area in the market should be provided according to the market definition. This will either avoid or allow skewings of each campaign to certain areas. These are default distributions for each market defined. The percentages can be modified on a per contract basis.

== Adding a New Market ==

To add a new Market, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Market. The Market Details Window will appear, and a new Market can be entered.

[[File:New_New_Market.JPG]]

=== Adding Area Distribution Factor ===
Each market is defined as a combination of smaller areas. Each area can in turn be part of more than one market. For more information on the definition of areas within a market see [[FAQ and General Info#What is an Area?|What is an Area?]]

For each specific market you must enter a default percentage distribution that represents the number of faces located in each area in relation to all areas within the market definition. For example if 15% of all faces in a market are physically located in the southeast area of the market the distribution factor of 15% should be set for the southeast area.

When a market is identified on a Subcontract the system automatically assumes that the faces on the subcontract should be distributed among the areas of the market using the default percentage distribution (this can be modified for specific subcontracts see [[Contract How To#Adding a Subcontract|Adding a Subcontract]] for more information).

To enter the default area distribution for each market go the Ad Manager Explorer window, open the Other Databases folder and click on All Markets. Double click the desired name on the right side of the screen. Once selected the user will see the following Market Detail screen:

[[File:New_Other_Market_Detail.JPG]]

To add a new area to the market definition click on the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) on the Details Tab and select the area to be added. The area must already be in system in order to add it to a market. A percentage distribution for that area also needs to be entered. Note that the percentages must add up to 100%. Ad Manager will proportionately adjust any figures entered to total 100%.

If you are modifying previously entered areas double click on the existing percentage to the right of the area that requires changing or click on the area name and select the properties button ([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]) to enter the new number.

Population information is entered on the Population page. The new population will take affect based on the AS OF date. Population figures will affect GRP values for faces on existing and planned contracts.

[[File:New_Market_Population.JPG]]

For information on entering the Area Distribution Factors, [[Supporting Databases How To#Adding Area Distribution Factor|click here]].

== Modifying a Market ==

To modify a Market, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

For information on modifying the Area Distribution Factors, [[Supporting Databases How To#Adding Area Distribution Factor|click here]]

== Deleting a Market ==

To delete a Market, there must be no contracts associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the market.

Markets

2013-08-05T00:40:21Z

Administrator: /* Adding a New Market */

== Markets ==
Markets are regions for which contracts are sold; a market is made up of one or more different [[Areas|AREAS]].

The MARKETS database is used when creating and charting a contract. When inputting a contract, a market (consisting of areas) is selected to provide the client with an agreed upon distribution of faces in their target area(s). When charting, the MARKETS database is accessed to determine what distribution of faces within each area in the market should be provided according to the market definition. This will either avoid or allow skewings of each campaign to certain areas. These are default distributions for each market defined. The percentages can be modified on a per contract basis.

== Adding a New Market ==

To add a new Market, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Market. The Market Details Window will appear, and a new Market can be entered.

[[File:New_New_Market.JPG]]

== Adding Area Distribution Factor ==
Each market is defined as a combination of smaller areas. Each area can in turn be part of more than one market. For more information on the definition of areas within a market see [[FAQ and General Info#What is an Area?|What is an Area?]]

For each specific market you must enter a default percentage distribution that represents the number of faces located in each area in relation to all areas within the market definition. For example if 15% of all faces in a market are physically located in the southeast area of the market the distribution factor of 15% should be set for the southeast area.

When a market is identified on a Subcontract the system automatically assumes that the faces on the subcontract should be distributed among the areas of the market using the default percentage distribution (this can be modified for specific subcontracts see [[Contract How To#Adding a Subcontract|Adding a Subcontract]] for more information).

To enter the default area distribution for each market go the Ad Manager Explorer window, open the Other Databases folder and click on All Markets. Double click the desired name on the right side of the screen. Once selected the user will see the following Market Detail screen:

[[File:New_Other_Market_Detail.JPG]]

To add a new area to the market definition click on the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) on the Details Tab and select the area to be added. The area must already be in system in order to add it to a market. A percentage distribution for that area also needs to be entered. Note that the percentages must add up to 100%. Ad Manager will proportionately adjust any figures entered to total 100%.

If you are modifying previously entered areas double click on the existing percentage to the right of the area that requires changing or click on the area name and select the properties button ([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]) to enter the new number.

Population information is entered on the Population page. The new population will take affect based on the AS OF date. Population figures will affect GRP values for faces on existing and planned contracts.

[[File:New_Market_Population.JPG]]

For information on entering the Area Distribution Factors, [[Supporting Databases How To#Adding Area Distribution Factor|click here]].

=== Modifying a Market ===

To modify a Market, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

For information on modifying the Area Distribution Factors, [[Supporting Databases How To#Adding Area Distribution Factor|click here]]

=== Deleting a Market ===

To delete a Market, there must be no contracts associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the market.

Markets

2013-08-05T00:39:59Z

Administrator:

== Markets ==
Markets are regions for which contracts are sold; a market is made up of one or more different [[Areas|AREAS]].

The MARKETS database is used when creating and charting a contract. When inputting a contract, a market (consisting of areas) is selected to provide the client with an agreed upon distribution of faces in their target area(s). When charting, the MARKETS database is accessed to determine what distribution of faces within each area in the market should be provided according to the market definition. This will either avoid or allow skewings of each campaign to certain areas. These are default distributions for each market defined. The percentages can be modified on a per contract basis.

=== Adding a New Market ===

To add a new Market, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Market. The Market Details Window will appear, and a new Market can be entered.

[[File:New_New_Market.JPG]]

== Adding Area Distribution Factor ==
Each market is defined as a combination of smaller areas. Each area can in turn be part of more than one market. For more information on the definition of areas within a market see [[FAQ and General Info#What is an Area?|What is an Area?]]

For each specific market you must enter a default percentage distribution that represents the number of faces located in each area in relation to all areas within the market definition. For example if 15% of all faces in a market are physically located in the southeast area of the market the distribution factor of 15% should be set for the southeast area.

When a market is identified on a Subcontract the system automatically assumes that the faces on the subcontract should be distributed among the areas of the market using the default percentage distribution (this can be modified for specific subcontracts see [[Contract How To#Adding a Subcontract|Adding a Subcontract]] for more information).

To enter the default area distribution for each market go the Ad Manager Explorer window, open the Other Databases folder and click on All Markets. Double click the desired name on the right side of the screen. Once selected the user will see the following Market Detail screen:

[[File:New_Other_Market_Detail.JPG]]

To add a new area to the market definition click on the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) on the Details Tab and select the area to be added. The area must already be in system in order to add it to a market. A percentage distribution for that area also needs to be entered. Note that the percentages must add up to 100%. Ad Manager will proportionately adjust any figures entered to total 100%.

If you are modifying previously entered areas double click on the existing percentage to the right of the area that requires changing or click on the area name and select the properties button ([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]) to enter the new number.

Population information is entered on the Population page. The new population will take affect based on the AS OF date. Population figures will affect GRP values for faces on existing and planned contracts.

[[File:New_Market_Population.JPG]]

For information on entering the Area Distribution Factors, [[Supporting Databases How To#Adding Area Distribution Factor|click here]].

=== Modifying a Market ===

To modify a Market, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

For information on modifying the Area Distribution Factors, [[Supporting Databases How To#Adding Area Distribution Factor|click here]]

=== Deleting a Market ===

To delete a Market, there must be no contracts associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the market.

Markets

2013-08-05T00:39:17Z

Administrator:

== Markets ==
Markets are regions for which contracts are sold; a market is made up of one or more different [[Areas|AREAS]].

The MARKETS database is used when creating and charting a contract. When inputting a contract, a market (consisting of areas) is selected to provide the client with an agreed upon distribution of faces in their target area(s). When charting, the MARKETS database is accessed to determine what distribution of faces within each area in the market should be provided according to the market definition. This will either avoid or allow skewings of each campaign to certain areas. These are default distributions for each market defined. The percentages can be modified on a per contract basis.

=== Adding a New Market ===

To add a new Market, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Market. The Market Details Window will appear, and a new Market can be entered.

[[File:New_New_Market.JPG]]

Population information is entered on the Population page. The new population will take affect based on the AS OF date. Population figures will affect GRP values for faces on existing and planned contracts.

[[File:New_Market_Population.JPG]]

For information on entering the Area Distribution Factors, [[Supporting Databases How To#Adding Area Distribution Factor|click here]].

=== Modifying a Market ===

To modify a Market, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

For information on modifying the Area Distribution Factors, [[Supporting Databases How To#Adding Area Distribution Factor|click here]]

=== Deleting a Market ===

To delete a Market, there must be no contracts associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the market.

== Adding Area Distribution Factor ==
Each market is defined as a combination of smaller areas. Each area can in turn be part of more than one market. For more information on the definition of areas within a market see [[FAQ and General Info#What is an Area?|What is an Area?]]

For each specific market you must enter a default percentage distribution that represents the number of faces located in each area in relation to all areas within the market definition. For example if 15% of all faces in a market are physically located in the southeast area of the market the distribution factor of 15% should be set for the southeast area.

When a market is identified on a Subcontract the system automatically assumes that the faces on the subcontract should be distributed among the areas of the market using the default percentage distribution (this can be modified for specific subcontracts see [[Contract How To#Adding a Subcontract|Adding a Subcontract]] for more information).

To enter the default area distribution for each market go the Ad Manager Explorer window, open the Other Databases folder and click on All Markets. Double click the desired name on the right side of the screen. Once selected the user will see the following Market Detail screen:

[[File:New_Other_Market_Detail.JPG]]

To add a new area to the market definition click on the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) on the Details Tab and select the area to be added. The area must already be in system in order to add it to a market. A percentage distribution for that area also needs to be entered. Note that the percentages must add up to 100%. Ad Manager will proportionately adjust any figures entered to total 100%.

If you are modifying previously entered areas double click on the existing percentage to the right of the area that requires changing or click on the area name and select the properties button ([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]) to enter the new number.

Utility companies

2013-08-05T00:37:16Z

Administrator:

The UTILITY COMPANIES database contains a listing of companies and/or people to whom you are making a Utility payment(s). Ad Manager uses this database when setting up a Utility Account and the data may be contained in a financial export.

=== Adding a Utility Company ===

To add a Utility Company, click the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, then select Utility Company. The [[Utility companies#Details|Utility Company Details]] window will appear, and a new Utility Company can be entered. Enter the Name of the Company, Business Phone Number, Business Fax Number and E-mail Address (as applicable). To add the Address information, click on the ellipsis ([[File:New_ellipsis.JPG]]) and enter the Street and/or Postal Box Number, City, State/Province, Zip/Postal Code and Country and then click OK.

On the Accounts page you can view all the Utility Accounts that belong with this Utility Company, or click on the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button to create a new Utility Account.

The Notes page allows the user to enter other information about the Utility Company, not contained on the Details page.

=== Modifying a Utility Company ===

To modify a Utility Company, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

NOTE: Caution should be taken when modifying the Name and/or Company field because Ad Manager will change ALL references to these fields no matter if the Utility Payments have already been exported. Ad Manager history will be changed when you modify these fields even though the users' Accounting Package will contain the original details. Should the user wish to maintain historical data, it is recommended that a new Utility Company be created as well as a new Utility Account.

=== Deleting a Utility Company ===

To delete a Utility Company, there must be no reference to it on an Utility Account. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the Utility Company.

== Accounts ==
The Accounts Page displays all Utility Accounts for this particular Utility Company showing such details as the Account Number, a Description of the Account, if the Account is Active, the Meter Number and the last Meter Reading information.

[[File:New_Utility_Company_Accounts.JPG]]

Tool buttons specific to the Accounts Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the list of Accounts for the Utility Company in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of Accounts, in the event changes to the number of Accounts has occurred since you visited this page.

The pane in the window shows a listing of all Accounts for this Utility Company. The functions available through the buttons immediately above the pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Account to the Utility Company.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Account(s) from the Utility Company.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Edit the information for the highlighted Account(s).

For additional information on buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Utility Company|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Utility Company Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Accounts to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Accounts for a certain Vendor, opened on a certain date, with a specific meter reading, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

== Details ==
The Details Page is where information about the Utility Company is displayed.

[[File:New_Utility_Company_Details.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Utility Company|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Utility Company Tools Menu|click here]].

Fill in the appropriate information for each field. Select the appropriate item from any of the drop down lists (in the [[File:New_dropdown_button.JPG]] boxes) or type in the information if it is not present.

=== Fields ===

Address: This is the mailing address for the Utility Company. To add the Address, click on the ellipsis ([[File:New_ellipsis.JPG]]) button to the right of the Address field and enter the information the screen that opens. Click OK and the Address field will contain the data you just entered.

E-mail: The e-mail address (if known) for the Utility Company.

Fax: This is the Fax number for the Utility Company.

Name: This is the name of the Utility Company. The Utility Company name will be used as the "Vendor" on any Utility Account for this Company, as well as the "Pay To" on any Utility Payment and appear on your cheque when it is printed.

Phone: This is the phone number of the Utility Company.

== Notes ==
The Notes Page is where you will make notations about the Utility Company. It is suggested that you date the Note, enter the Note and initial the Note so other employees will know when the Note was entered and by whom. It is also recommended that you keep the most current Note at the top.

[[File:New_Utility_Company_Notes.JPG]]

For information on buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Utility Company|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Utility Company Tools Menu|click here]].

Utility accounts

2013-08-05T00:36:46Z

Administrator:

The UTILITY ACCOUNTS database allows you to track your utilities for each Site, including meter readings. You can also track and export your utility payments.

=== Entering a New Utility Account ===

To add a new Utility Account, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Utility Account. The [[Utility accounts#Details|Utility Account Details Window]] will appear, and information for a new Utility Account can be entered.

Ad Manager allows you to enter the Vendor, the Account Number and Description of the account, the meter number, the last reading taken, and the dates for when the account was opened and closed on the Details page. The Meter Readings page can be used to enter all the meter readings and the dates they were taken for this Utility Account. Ad Manager also allows you to track the Sites associated with this Utility Account (Sites page) and the payments made on this Utility Account (Payments page).

=== Modifying a Utility Account ===

To modify a Utility Account, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Utility Accounts ===

To delete a Utility Account, there must be no Sites or Payments associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the Utility Account.

== Details ==

The Details Page is where information about the Utility Account is displayed. Information about what the Utility Account is for, who the vendor is, when the account was opened, and closed, what the meter number is and what the current meter reading is can be found on this page.

[[File:New_Utility_Account_Details.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Utility Account|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Utility Account Tools Menu|click here]].

Fill in the appropriate information for each field. Select the appropriate item from any of the drop down lists (in the [[File:New_dropdown_button.JPG]] boxes) or type in the information if it is not present.

=== Fields ===

Closed on: The date when this particular Account is closed.

Description: This is a quick description of what this Utility Account pertains to. This description allows the users to be able to recognize the Utility Account among a long list of Utility Accounts.

Last reading: This field will populate automatically with the reading and date of the last meter reading entered on the Meter Readings page.

Meter Number: This is the number given to the Utility Meter on the structure. In most cases, you will have one Utility Account with one Meter number referencing one structure.

Number: This is the Account number on your Utility Bill. This is a required field and must match the account number that you have entered in your Accounting Package. This field will be contained in the Utility Payments Export file and will be exported.

Opened on: This is the date the Account was opened with the Utility Company.

Vendor: This is the Utility Company that you pay this Account to.

== Meter Readings ==
The Meter Readings Page displays information such as the date of the reading and the actual reading. It displays a history of all meter readings done for this Utility Account.

[[File:New_Utility_Account_Meter_Reading.JPG]]

Tool buttons specific to the Meter Readings Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the list of Meter Readings on the Utility Account in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of Meter Readings, in the event changes to the number of Meter Readings has occurred since you visited this page.

The pane in the window shows a listing of all Meter Readings that have been taken for this Utility Account. The functions available through the buttons immediately above the pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Meter Reading to the Utility Account.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Meter Reading from the Utility Account.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Edit the information for the highlighted Meter Reading.

For additional information on buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Utility Account|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Utility Account Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Meter Readings to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Meter Readings for a certain Account, date, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

To enter a new Meter Reading, click the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button. The following Utility Meter Reading - Details screen would open.

[[File:New_Utility_Account_Meter_Reading_Details.JPG]]

The Account information will be automatically populated with the name of the Account you currently have open. If this is the incorrect Account, select it from the drop down list. Enter the date the reading was taken and the Reading. Click the Save button.

== Payments ==
The Payments Page provides a listing of all payment information such as when the Payment was made, the Invoice Number from the Utility Company and the Amount of the Payment.

[[File:New_Utility_Account_Payment.JPG]]

Tool buttons found at the top of the Utility Account - Details screen when you are on the Payments Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the Payments in the desired order.

- The Refresh button will reload the list of Payments, in the event changes to the Payments have occurred since you visited this page.

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Payments pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Payment for the Utility Account.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Payment from this Lessor. Highlight the item and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Opens the Payment - Details window to allow you to review or change any information related to the payment.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Utility_Account_Payment_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of Payments will display this menu. From here you can create a new payment, delete a payment, and reset the exported status of a payment or group of highlighted payments.

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Reset Exported Status - If a Payment has been Exported incorrectly, this tool allows you to mark it as un-exported, so that you may Export it again at a later date.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Utility Account|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Utility Account Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Payments to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Payments that are due on a certain date, that are on a certain invoice, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

To add a new Payment to the Utility Account, click on the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button and the following Utilty Payment - Details screen will open.

[[File:New_Utility_Account_Payment_Details.JPG]]

The Account will automatically populate with the name of the Account you currently have open. If this is incorrect, select the name from the drop down list.

Enter the Invoice # from the Utility Company bill, the date of the Payment, and the Amount. When you have entered all the required information, click the Save and Close button.

== Sites ==
The Sites Page displays the Site(s) to which this Account is associated.

[[File:New_Utility_Account_Sites.JPG]]

Tool buttons specific to the Sites Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the list of Sites on the Account in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of Sites, in the event changes to the number of Sites has occurred since you visited this page.

[[File:New_update_button.JPG]]- The Update button allows you to highlight multiple Sites and apply the same properties to them.

[[File:New_duplicate_button.JPG]]- The Duplicate button allows you highlight a Site from the list and create a new Site with the same Face configuration as the highlighted one.

The pane in the window shows a listing of all Sites that are assigned to this Utility Account. The functions available through the buttons immediately above the pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Site to the Account.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Site from the Account.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Edit the information for the highlighted Site.

In addition, while you are in the pane, you can double click on a Site to see details about the Site. You can also right click in the pane and select "New", "Customize Current View" , "Order" or "Refresh" (see above).

For additional information on buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Utility Account|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Utility Account Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Sites to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Sites in a certain city, state, zip code, on a certain street, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Utility_Account_Sites_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of Sites will display this menu. From here you can create a new Site and add it to the Utility Account, duplicate a Site, Generate Line-of-Site conflicts between Sites, or Update a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted Site(s).

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Duplicate - The Duplicate menu item allows you to create a new Site with the same Face configuration as the current Site.

Generate Line-Of-Sight - the Generate Line-Of-Sight menu item allows you to create line of sight conflicts between Faces on a Site, based on their direction facing or virtual Face configuration.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

Site Conflicts - The Site Conflicts menu item allows you to view all conflicts that exist on any Face for this Site. You can specify what conditions are considered to be a Conflict prior to clicking OK. The subsequent list is all scheduling that has generated a conflict.

Update - The Update menu item allows you to to modify a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted Sites.

Unit types

2013-08-05T00:36:16Z

Administrator:

The UNIT TYPES database is used for inputting unit type information into the LOCATIONS database. The unit type typically refers to special conditions concerning the face itself. Examples would include a directory face for mall units, odd sized faces, units which are facing the wrong way on a one way street, or bulletins where no extensions are permitted.

=== Adding a New Unit Type ===

To add a new Unit Type, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Unit Type. The Unit Type Details Window will appear, and a new Unit Type can be entered.

=== Modifying A Unit Type ===

To modify a Unit Type, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Unit Type ===

To delete a Unit Type, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then highlight the item you wish to delete. Click the Delete icon ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will not allow you to delete a Unit Type if it is already in use.

States

2013-08-05T00:35:28Z

Administrator:

The STATE/PROVINCE database is also used throughout Ad Manager in its reports and posting cards. These data are part of the LOCATION identification and especially valuable when charting in more than one state/province.

=== Adding a New State/Province ===

To add a new State, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select State. The State Details Window will appear, and a new State/Province can be entered. The State can be associated with a Country if desired.

=== Modifying a State/Province ===

To modify a State or Province, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a State/Province ===

To delete a State/Province, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then highlight the item you wish to delete. Click the Delete icon ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will not allow you to delete a State/Province if it is already in use.

Sales offices

2013-08-05T00:34:33Z

Administrator:

The Sales Office database allows you to track all the offices that sell your media.

=== Adding a New Sales Office ===

To add a new Sales Office, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Sales Office. The Sales Office Details Window will appear, and a new Sales Office can be entered.

=== Modifying a Sales Office ===

To modify a Sales Office, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Sales Office ===

To delete a Sales Office, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then highlight the item you wish to delete. Click the Delete icon ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will not allow you to delete a Sales Office if it is already in use.

== Site Permit ==
The Site Permit database tracks all Permits issued for every site in your inventory. Information on when each Permit was requested, approved, expires and when the reapplication process should begin is all stored for quick and easy access.

Places

2013-08-05T00:33:20Z

Administrator:

The PLACE database contains the names of all shopping malls, airports or "people places" in which your plant has located advertising panels, and which you have input into the database. The place description information input here is used as the location description in the LOCATIONS database. All pedestrian facilities, such as sports stadia, movie theatres or hotel lobbies can also be input into this database.

=== Adding a New Place ===

To add a new Place, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Place. The Place Details Window will appear, and a new Place can be entered, along with the appropriate information.

[[File:New_New_Place.JPG]]

If you wish to add a Contact for the Place, go to the Contacts page and click the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button. Select the contact from the list, or click on <New...> to add a new contact.

=== Modifying a Place ===

To modify a Place, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Place ===

To delete a Place, there must be no Sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the place.

== Sales Office ==
The sales office allows users the ability to identify the sales/group office originating the contract. It could also be used to identify the type of contract or grouping of a contract as defined by the user.

Places

2013-08-05T00:33:07Z

Administrator:

== Place ==
The PLACE database contains the names of all shopping malls, airports or "people places" in which your plant has located advertising panels, and which you have input into the database. The place description information input here is used as the location description in the LOCATIONS database. All pedestrian facilities, such as sports stadia, movie theatres or hotel lobbies can also be input into this database.

=== Adding a New Place ===

To add a new Place, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Place. The Place Details Window will appear, and a new Place can be entered, along with the appropriate information.

[[File:New_New_Place.JPG]]

If you wish to add a Contact for the Place, go to the Contacts page and click the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button. Select the contact from the list, or click on <New...> to add a new contact.

=== Modifying a Place ===

To modify a Place, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Place ===

To delete a Place, there must be no Sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the place.

== Sales Office ==
The sales office allows users the ability to identify the sales/group office originating the contract. It could also be used to identify the type of contract or grouping of a contract as defined by the user.

People

2013-08-05T00:32:39Z

Administrator: /* Person */

The People database contains a listing of all people in your organization.

=== Adding a New Person ===

To add a new Person, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Person. The Person Details Window will appear, and a new Person can be entered. Click on the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button in the Jobs window, and select or add the desired Job. Click the Save([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button when you have finished.

[[File:New_New_Person.JPG]]

=== Modifying a Person ===

To modify a Person, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Person ===

To delete a Person, they must not be used elsewhere in Ad Manager. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the person.

People

2013-08-05T00:32:08Z

Administrator:

== Person ==
=== Adding a New Person ===

To add a new Person, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Person. The Person Details Window will appear, and a new Person can be entered. Click on the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button in the Jobs window, and select or add the desired Job. Click the Save([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button when you have finished.

[[File:New_New_Person.JPG]]

=== Modifying a Person ===

To modify a Person, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Person ===

To delete a Person, they must not be used elsewhere in Ad Manager. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the person.

Permits

2013-08-05T00:31:43Z

Administrator: /* Permit */

The Permit database tracks all Permits issued for every site in your inventory. Information on when each Permit was requested, approved, expires and when the reapplication process should begin is all stored for quick and easy access.

=== Adding a New Permit ===

To add a new Permit, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Site Permit. The [[Permits#Details|Permit Details Window]] will appear, and a new Permit can be entered.

=== Modifying a Permit ===

To modify a Permit, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Permit ===

To delete a Permit, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then highlight the item you wish to delete. Click the Delete icon ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will not allow you to delete a Permit if it is already in use.

== Attachments ==
The Attachments Page is where documents can be stored for the Permit. You can create a document library showing different files or documents, of any file type (TXT, DOC, XLS, PDF), with each Permit. Electronic copies of any correspondence and the Permit itself are a couple of examples of what can be saved here.

[[File:New_Permit_Attachments.JPG]]

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Attachments pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new item for this Permit. A window will appear where you can select the desired file.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete an item from this Permit. Highlight the item, and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Open the document or File item. Highlight the item and click the properties button.

[[File:New_save_button.JPG]]- Save the item to your computer or network drives. Highlight the item, and click on the Save As button.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Permit|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Permit Tools Menu|click here]].

== Details ==
The Details Page is where information about the Permit is displayed. What the Permit is for, when it was applied, approved and when it expires is some of the information displayed on this page.

[[File:New_Permit_Details.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Permit|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Permit Tools Menu|click here]].

Fill in the appropriate information for each field. Select the appropriate item from any of the drop down lists (in the [[File:New_dropdown_button.JPG]] boxes) or type in the information if it is not present.

=== Fields ===

Applied on: The date when the Permit takes effect.

Approved on: The date when the Permit was approved.

Description: This is a quick description of what this Permit pertains to. This description allows the users to be able to recognize the Permit among a long list of Permits.

Expires on: The date when the Permit will expire.

Notes: You can enter any notes regarding the Permit here.

Number: This is the unique number issued to the Permit.

Re-apply on: This is an arbitrary date, chosen to flag your Leasing department that its time to go out and re-apply for the Permit.

== Sites ==
The Sites Page lists all Sites that have been attached to the Permit.

[[File:New_Permit_Sites.JPG]]

Tool buttons specific to the Sites Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the list of Sites on the Permit in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of Sites, in the event changes to the number of Sites has occurred since you visited this page.

[[File:New_update_button.JPG]]- The Update button allows you to highlight multiple Sites and apply the same properties to them.

[[File:New_duplicate_button.JPG]]- The Duplicate button allows you highlight a Site from the list and create a new Site with the same Face configuration as the highlighted one.

The pane in the window shows a listing of all Sites that are assigned to this Permit. The functions available through the buttons immediately above the pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Site to the Permit.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Site from the Permit.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Edit the information for the highlighted Site.

In addition, while you are in the pane, you can double click on a Site to see details about the Site. You can also right click in the pane and select "New", "Customize Current View" , "Order" or "Refresh" (see above).

For additional information on buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Permit|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Permit Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Sites to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Sites in a certain city, state, zip code, on a certain street, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Permit_Sites_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of Sites will display this menu. From here you can create a new Site and add it to the Permit, duplicate a Site, Generate Line-of-Site conflicts between Sites, or Update a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted Site(s).

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Duplicate - The Duplicate menu item allows you to create a new Site with the same Face configuration as the current Site.

Generate Line-Of-Sight - the Generate Line-Of-Sight menu item allows you to create line of sight conflicts between Faces on a Site, based on their direction facing or virtual Face configuration.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

Site Conflicts - The Site Conflicts menu item allows you to view all conflicts that exist on any Face for this Site. You can specify what conditions are considered to be a Conflict prior to clicking OK. The subsequent list is all scheduling that has generated a conflict.

Update - The Update menu item allows you to to modify a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted Sites.

Permits

2013-08-05T00:31:29Z

Administrator:

== Permit ==
The Permit database tracks all Permits issued for every site in your inventory. Information on when each Permit was requested, approved, expires and when the reapplication process should begin is all stored for quick and easy access.

=== Adding a New Permit ===

To add a new Permit, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Site Permit. The [[Permits#Details|Permit Details Window]] will appear, and a new Permit can be entered.

=== Modifying a Permit ===

To modify a Permit, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Permit ===

To delete a Permit, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then highlight the item you wish to delete. Click the Delete icon ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will not allow you to delete a Permit if it is already in use.

== Attachments ==
The Attachments Page is where documents can be stored for the Permit. You can create a document library showing different files or documents, of any file type (TXT, DOC, XLS, PDF), with each Permit. Electronic copies of any correspondence and the Permit itself are a couple of examples of what can be saved here.

[[File:New_Permit_Attachments.JPG]]

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Attachments pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new item for this Permit. A window will appear where you can select the desired file.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete an item from this Permit. Highlight the item, and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Open the document or File item. Highlight the item and click the properties button.

[[File:New_save_button.JPG]]- Save the item to your computer or network drives. Highlight the item, and click on the Save As button.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Permit|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Permit Tools Menu|click here]].

== Details ==
The Details Page is where information about the Permit is displayed. What the Permit is for, when it was applied, approved and when it expires is some of the information displayed on this page.

[[File:New_Permit_Details.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Permit|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Permit Tools Menu|click here]].

Fill in the appropriate information for each field. Select the appropriate item from any of the drop down lists (in the [[File:New_dropdown_button.JPG]] boxes) or type in the information if it is not present.

=== Fields ===

Applied on: The date when the Permit takes effect.

Approved on: The date when the Permit was approved.

Description: This is a quick description of what this Permit pertains to. This description allows the users to be able to recognize the Permit among a long list of Permits.

Expires on: The date when the Permit will expire.

Notes: You can enter any notes regarding the Permit here.

Number: This is the unique number issued to the Permit.

Re-apply on: This is an arbitrary date, chosen to flag your Leasing department that its time to go out and re-apply for the Permit.

== Sites ==
The Sites Page lists all Sites that have been attached to the Permit.

[[File:New_Permit_Sites.JPG]]

Tool buttons specific to the Sites Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the list of Sites on the Permit in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of Sites, in the event changes to the number of Sites has occurred since you visited this page.

[[File:New_update_button.JPG]]- The Update button allows you to highlight multiple Sites and apply the same properties to them.

[[File:New_duplicate_button.JPG]]- The Duplicate button allows you highlight a Site from the list and create a new Site with the same Face configuration as the highlighted one.

The pane in the window shows a listing of all Sites that are assigned to this Permit. The functions available through the buttons immediately above the pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Site to the Permit.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Site from the Permit.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Edit the information for the highlighted Site.

In addition, while you are in the pane, you can double click on a Site to see details about the Site. You can also right click in the pane and select "New", "Customize Current View" , "Order" or "Refresh" (see above).

For additional information on buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Permit|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Permit Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Sites to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Sites in a certain city, state, zip code, on a certain street, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Permit_Sites_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of Sites will display this menu. From here you can create a new Site and add it to the Permit, duplicate a Site, Generate Line-of-Site conflicts between Sites, or Update a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted Site(s).

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Duplicate - The Duplicate menu item allows you to create a new Site with the same Face configuration as the current Site.

Generate Line-Of-Sight - the Generate Line-Of-Sight menu item allows you to create line of sight conflicts between Faces on a Site, based on their direction facing or virtual Face configuration.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

Site Conflicts - The Site Conflicts menu item allows you to view all conflicts that exist on any Face for this Site. You can specify what conditions are considered to be a Conflict prior to clicking OK. The subsequent list is all scheduling that has generated a conflict.

Update - The Update menu item allows you to to modify a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted Sites.

Mobile routes

2013-08-05T00:30:57Z

Administrator:

== Mobile Route ==
=== Adding a New Mobile Route ===

To add a new Mobile Route, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Mobile Route. The Mobile Route Details Window will appear, and a new Mobile Route can be entered.

=== Modifying a Mobile Route ===

To modify a Mobile Route, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Mobile Route ===

To delete a Mobile Route, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the Mobile Route.

Media buyers

2013-08-05T00:30:33Z

Administrator:

== Media Buyer ==
This database allows you to enter in any Media Buyers that are involved. Ad Manager allows you to track information on which contracts are handled by each media buyer.

=== Adding a New Media Buyer ===

To add a new Media Buyer, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Media Buyer. The Media Buyer Details Window will appear, and a new Media Buyer can be entered.

=== Modifying a Media Buyer ===

To modify a Media Buyer, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Media Buyer ===

To delete a Media Buyer, there must be no contracts associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the media buyer.

Markets

2013-08-05T00:29:56Z

Administrator:

Maintenance routes

2013-08-05T00:29:33Z

Administrator:

== Maintenance Route ==
The Maintenance Route database provides you with the ability to set up Maintenance Routes for your crews. When maintenance incidents are printed for resolution, they can be sorted by Maintenance Route for easy assignment of work.

=== Adding a New Maintenance Route ===

To add a new Maintenance Route, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Maintenance Route. The Maintenance Route Details Window will appear, and a new Maintenance Route can be entered.

=== Modifying a Maintenance Route ===

To modify a Maintenance Route, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Maintenance Route ===

To delete a Maintenance Route, there must be no faces associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the maintenance route.

Leases

2013-08-05T00:29:06Z

Administrator:

Ad Manager maintains a database of all leases that structures are assigned to. The lease information is used in a number of areas of the software. Additional information can be entered.

=== Adding a New Lease ===

To add a new Lease, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Lease. The [[Leases#Details|Lease Details Window]] will appear, and a new Lease can be entered. Contact details can be entered on the Contacts page.

=== Modifying a Lease ===

To modify a Lease, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Lease ===

To delete a Lease, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the lease.

== Attachments ==
The Attachments Page is where documents can be stored for the Lease. You can create a document library showing different files or documents, of any file type (TXT, DOC, XLS, PDF), with each Lease. Electronic copies of any correspondence and the Lease itself are a couple of examples of what can be saved here.

[[File:New_Lease_Attachments.JPG]]

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Attachments pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new item for this Lease. A window will appear where you can select the desired file.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete an item from this Lease. Highlight the item, and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Open the document or File item. Highlight the item and click the properties button.

[[File:New_save_button.JPG]]- Save the item to your computer or network drives. Highlight the item, and click on the Save As button.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Lease|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Lease Tools Menu|click here]].

== Contacts ==
The Contacts Page is used to enter information referring to all Contact people for a Lease.

[[File:New_Lease_Contacts.JPG]]

Tool buttons specific to the Contacts Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the list of Contacts on the Lease in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of Contacts, in the event changes to the number of Contacts has occurred since you visited this page.

The pane in the window shows a listing of all Contacts that are assigned to this Lease. The functions available through the buttons immediately above the pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Contact to the Lease. Click on this button and either select an existing Name from the list or create a new record by choosing < New >.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Contact from the Lease.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Edit the information for the highlighted Contact.

For additional information on buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Lease|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Lease Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Contacts to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Contacts with a certain Name, Phone number, or Address. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

== Details ==
The Details Page is where information about the Lease agreement is displayed. Information on the terms of the Lease, and whether the Lease can be automatically extended.

[[File:New_Lease_Details.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Lease|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Lease Tools Menu|click here]].

Fill in the appropriate information for each field. Select the appropriate item from any of the drop down lists (in the [[File:New_dropdown_button.JPG]] boxes) or type in the information if it is not present.

=== Fields ===

Description: This is a quick description of what this Lease pertains to. This description allows the users to be able to recognize the Lease among a long list of Leases.

Duration: This is the date range for the Lease. You can enter the date or select the date from the dropdown calendar, and enter in the duration or the end date. Ad Manager will automatically calculate the third value.

Expires On: The date when the Lease will expire. If you are extending the lease automatically, this date should always reflect the newest expiry date.

Extend Automatically: This check box should be checked if you lease agreement allows you to automatically extend the it without signing a new Lease agreement.

Extend Expiry To: If your Lease agreement allows for the automatic extension of the Lease, the expiry date of the extension should be entered here.

Number: This is the unique Lease number.

Renew On: This is an arbitrary date, chosen to flag your Leasing department that its time to go out and renew the Lease.

== Faces ==
The Faces Page lists all Faces that have been attached to the Lease.

[[File:New_Lease_Faces.JPG]]

Tool buttons specific to the Faces Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the list of Faces on the Lease in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of Faces, in the event changes to the number of Faces has occurred since you visited this page.

[[File:New_update_button.JPG]]- The Update button allows you to highlight multiple Faces and apply the same properties to them.

The pane in the window shows a listing of all Faces that are assigned to this Lease. The functions available through the buttons immediately above the pane are:

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Face from the Lease.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Edit the information for the highlighted Face.

For additional information on buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Lease|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Lease Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Faces to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Faces of a certain media type, facing a particular direction, of a particular size, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Lease_Faces_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of Faces will display this menu. From here you can move the selected Face to a different Site, chart/schedule the Face to a Subcontract, or Update a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted Face(s).

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Update - The Update menu item allows you to modify a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted Faces.

Move To Site - The Move To Site menu item allows you to move highlighted Faces from this Site to another Site in the inventory. A filter will appear to assist you in selecting the appropriate Site.

Assign To Subcontract - The Assign To Subcontract menu item allows you to highlight a Face and assign it directly to a Subcontract. A filter will appear to assist you in selecting the appropriate Subcontract.

Face Conflicts - The Face Conflicts menu item allows you to view all conflicts that exist for the highlighted Face . You can specify what conditions are considered to be a Conflict prior to clicking OK. The subsequent list is all scheduling that has generated a conflict.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

== Lessors ==
The Lessors Page is used to enter Lessor/Payee information for a Lease.

[[File:New_Lease_Lessors.JPG]]

Tool buttons specific to the Lessors Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the list of Lessors on the Lease in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of Lessors, in the event changes to the number of Lessors has occurred since you visited this page.

The pane in the window shows a listing of all Lessors that are assigned to this Lease. The functions available through the buttons immediately above the pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Lessor to the Lease. Click on this button and either select an existing Name from the list or create a new record by choosing < New >.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Lessor from the Lease.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Edit the information for the highlighted Lessor.

For additional information on buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Lease|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Lease Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Lessors to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Lessors with a certain Name, Vendor Code, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

== Notes ==
The Notes Page allows you to store general notes about the Lease. This page can be used by Lease Representatives to record contact notes anytime they make a call or visit the landlord, so they will have a detailed history of the Lease and what has happened.

[[File:New_Lease_Notes.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Lease|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Lease Tools Menu|click here]].

If you wish to enter a general note for the Lease, click in the Notes pane and type the appropriate information.

== Payment Schedules ==
The Payment Schedules Page provides a financial history for this Lease by showing a listing of all payment schedules that have been set up.

[[File:New_Lease_Payment_Schedules.JPG]]

Tool buttons found at the top of the Lease - Details screen when you are on the Payment Schedules Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the Payment Schedules in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of Payment Schedules, in the event changes to the Payment Schedules have occurred since you visited this page.

[[File:New_update_button.JPG]]- The Update button allows you to select one or more Payment Schedules and change information on them. All highlighted Schedules will be changed to reflect the items selected.

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Payment Schedules pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Payment Schedule for this Lease. The New Lease Payment Schedule - Details window will open where you can create a new Lease Payment Schedule.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Payment Schedule from this Lease. Highlight the item and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Opens the Lease Payment Schedule - Details window to allow you to review or change any information related to the Lease Payment.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Lease_Payment_Schedules_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of Payment Schedules will display this menu. From here you can duplicate the Payment Schedule, change the status of a Payment Schedule as well as any line items by using the Update option.

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Update - The Update menu item allows you to to modify a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted Payment Schedules.

Duplicate - The Duplicate menu item allows you to create a new Payment Schedule with the same Line item configuration as the current Payment Schedule.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Lease|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Lease Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Payment Schedules to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Payment Schedules with certain recurrence patterns, for specific Payees, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

== Payment Summary ==
The Payment Summary Page allows you to identify how well you have reached your Payment requirements. From this screen you can see how much money has been Paid, Finalized, Exported, Sent, and the Current Balance Owing.

[[File:New_Lease_Payment_Summary.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Lease|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Lease Tools Menu|click here]].

== Payments ==
The Payments Page provides a listing of all payments that have been scheduled to be payed for this Lease.

[[File:New_Lease_Payments.JPG]]

Tool buttons found at the top of the Lease - Details screen when you are on the Payments Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the Payments in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of Payments, in the event changes to the Payments have occurred since you visited this page.

[[File:New_update_button.JPG]]- The Update button allows you to select one or more Payments and change information on them. All highlighted Payments will be changed to reflect the items selected.

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Payments pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Create a new Lease Payment Schedule for this Lease. The New Lease Payment Schedule - Details window will open where you can create a new Lease Payment Schedule.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Payment from this Lease. Highlight the item and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Opens the Payment - Details window to allow you to review or change any information related to the payment.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Lease_Payments_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of Payments will display this menu. From here you can change the due date of a payment, the status of a payment as well as any line items by using the Update option, as well as, finalize, un-finalize, and reset the exported status of a payment or group of highlighted payments.

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Update - The Update menu item allows you to to modify a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted Payments.

Finalize - Finalizing a Payment will prevent you from making additional changes to it. This can be done manually prior to a Payment Export, by using this tool, or it will automatically occur during the Export. If you wish to finalize payments using this tool, highlight them first, then right-click to get this menu option. Once finalized, the Payment is marked as Finalized and will display a unique Transaction ID as well as an Check Number.

Un-Finalize - If a Payment has incorrectly been marked as Finalized, this tool allows you to un-finalize it. Ad Manager will remove the Finalized status of the Payment, but will still show a unique Transaction ID, indicating this Payment was Finalized at one time.

Reset Exported Status - If a Payment has been Exported incorrectly, this tool allows you to mark it as un-exported, so that you may Export it again at a later date.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Lease|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Lease Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Payments to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Payments that are due on a certain date, finalized or exported on a certain date, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

== Player Slots ==
Type topic text here.

== Players ==
Type topic text here.

== Posting Schedules ==
The Posting Schedules Page shows you a listing of all past, present, and future postings for all Faces that are attached to a particular Lease. This is useful in determining how often the Faces have been sold, if you anticipate any difficulties renewing the Lease, or what effect cancelling the Lease will have on any planned or posted Schedules.

[[File:New_Lease_Posting_Schedules.JPG]]

Tool buttons found on the top of the screen when you are the Posting Schedules Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- The Order button allows you to sort the activities in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of activities, in the event changes to the activities have occurred since you visited this page.

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Posting Schedules pane are:

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Allows you to delete a scheduled item. When you delete scheduling from this page, Ad Manager automatically updates your Subcontract charting information for you.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Allows you to modify or review information related to the highlighted posting schedules. If you modify any information (dates, posting type, design), Ad Manager will check for any scheduling or location related conflicts and inform you of any problems. Ad Manager automatically updates your Subcontract charting information for you.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Lease|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Lease Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Posting schedules to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see schedules (charting) related to a particular contract, subcontract, advertiser, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Lease_Posting_Schedules_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of assigned Faces will display this menu. From here you can alter the assignment's duration, copy to another flight, create a new task (e.g. repost), create a Take-Down task, or Update a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted schedule(s).

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Copy To Flight - This will allow you to copy (transcribe) the highlighted Faces from this Subcontract flight to any other flight for any Subcontract. Ad Manager will check to ensure the Face is available and suitable on the new Subcontract flight.

Copy to Multiple Flights - This will allow you to copy (transcribe) the highlighted Faces from this Subcontract flight to other flights for other Subcontracts (instead of copying them one at a time). Ad Manager will check to ensure the Face(s) is/are available and suitable on the new Subcontract flights.

Create Take-Down Task - This feature allows you to inform Ad Manager to create a task that will generate a Posting Card/Instruction that will remove the existing copy and not replace it with new copy. You can specify the date that this Take-Down will occur.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

New Task - This will allow you to create a new posting of the same copy on a different date for this Subcontract or create a take down record for the highlighted Face(s).

Update - The Update menu item allows you to to modify a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted schedule.

== Reservations ==
Type topic text here.

== Sites ==
The Sites Page lists all Sites that have been attached to the Lease.

[[File:New_Lease_Sites.JPG]]

Tool buttons specific to the Sites Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the list of Sites on the Lease in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of Sites, in the event changes to the number of Sites has occurred since you visited this page.

[[File:New_update_button.JPG]]- The Update button allows you to highlight multiple Sites and apply the same properties to them.

[[File:New_duplicate_button.JPG]]- The Duplicate button allows you highlight a Site from the list and create a new Site with the same Face configuration as the highlighted one.

The pane in the window shows a listing of all Sites that are assigned to this Lease. The functions available through the buttons immediately above the pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Site to the Lease.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Site from the Lease.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Edit the information for the highlighted Site.

In addition, while you are in the pane, you can double click on a Site to see details about the Site. You can also right click in the pane and select "New", "Customize Current View" , "Order" or "Refresh" (see above).

For additional information on buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Lease|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Lease Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Sites to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Sites in a certain city, state, zip code, on a certain street, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Lease_Sites_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of Sites will display this menu. From here you can create a new Site and add it to the Lease, duplicate a Site, Generate Line-of-Site conflicts between Sites, or Update a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted Site(s).

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Duplicate - The Duplicate menu item allows you to create a new Site with the same Face configuration as the current Site.

Generate Line-Of-Sight - the Generate Line-Of-Sight menu item allows you to create line of sight conflicts between Faces on a Site, based on their direction facing or virtual Face configuration.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

Site Conflicts - The Site Conflicts menu item allows you to view all conflicts that exist on any Face for this Site. You can specify what conditions are considered to be a Conflict prior to clicking OK. The subsequent list is all scheduling that has generated a conflict.

Update - The Update menu item allows you to to modify a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted Sites.

== User Fields ==
Ad Manager allows users to create their own fields to store information for use throughout the program. These User fields can be filtered on when doing a find. These fields in turn become searchable criteria in your Lease query and can be added to a customized view of a Lease listing.

[[File:New_Lease_Userfields.JPG]]

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the User Fields pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- The New button allows you to create a new User field. When a User field is created, Ad Manager creates it for every Lease.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- The Delete button allows you to delete the highlighted User field. When a user field is deleted, it is deleted from every Lease.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Clicking the Properties button will allow you to change the name of the highlighted User field. When the name of a user field is changed, it is changed for every Lease.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Lease|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Lease Tools Menu|click here]].

To change the value assigned to a User field, double click the User field to edit, and type the new value in. Press the Enter key on your keyboard to save your change. Every user field does not need to be filled in for a Lease, only those items that relate to this Lease should be filled in.

Jobs

2013-08-05T00:28:19Z

Administrator:

== Job ==
Ad Manager allows you to enter different job types for tracking information in the system. Two jobs are already included with Ad Manager, "Bill Poster" and "Sales Person".

=== Adding a New Job ===

To add a new Job, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Job. The Job Details Window will appear, and a new Job can be entered.

=== Modifying a Job ===

To modify a Job, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Job ===

To delete a Job, there must be no persons associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the job.

Face sizes

2013-08-05T00:27:55Z

Administrator:

== Face Size ==
This database contains a listing of all face sizes in your inventory.

=== Adding a New Face Size ===

To add a new Face Size, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Face Size. The Face Size Details Window will appear, and a new Face Size can be entered.

=== Modifying a Face Size ===

To modify a Face Size, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Face Size ===

To delete a Face Size, there must be no faces associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the face size.

Design

2013-08-05T00:27:31Z

Administrator:

The Design database allows you to track the physical inventory of Designs that are received by your company. These Designs are then linked to your Subcontract's Designs, allowing you to see how many of each design has been committed or posted to campaigns, and to allow you to find the location of Designs when it is time to prepare them for posting.

== Activity ==
The Design Activity Page allows you to view any activity related to Designs arriving or leaving the Plants, including scheduled removals.

[[File:New_Design_Activity.JPG]]

Tool buttons on the top of the Design - Details Screen:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the activities in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of activities, in the event changes to the activities have occurred since you visited this page.

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Activity pane are:

([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) - Allows you to enter Received, Shipped, Stored or Destroyed Design Activities.

([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]])- Allows you to delete Received, Shipped, Stored or Destroyed Design Activities.

([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]) - Allows you to modify Received, Shipped, Stored or Destroyed Design Activities.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Design Activities to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Design Activities for a certain date, a certain plant, a certain supplier, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Design_Activity_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of Design activities will display this menu. From here you can make changes to the activity records, or change the view parameters.

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

== Attachments ==
The Attachments Page is where documents can be stored pertaining to the Design. You can create a document library showing different files or documents, of any file type (TXT, DOC, XLS, PDF), with each Design. Artwork Approvals and late paper notices are a couple of examples of what can be saved here.

[[File:New_Design_Attachments.JPG]]

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Attachments pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new item for this Design. A window will appear where you can select the desired file.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete an item from this Design. Highlight the item, and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Open the document or File item. Highlight the item and click the properties button.

[[File:New_save_button.JPG]]- Save the item to your computer or network drives. Highlight the item, and click on the Save As button.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

== Details ==
The Details Page is where information about the Design is stored. Information on the Design name, where to find it and how to use it are kept on this page.

[[File:New_Design_Details.JPG]]

Buttons on the Details Page specific to the Plants:

([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) - Allows you to enter/select the Plant where this Design is stored and the Bin information for that Plant where this Design is stored.

([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]])- Allows you to delete the highlighted Plant from this Design.

([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]) - Allows you to modify the Bin information for the highlighted Plant.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

Fill in the appropriate information for each field. Select the appropriate item from any of the drop down lists (in the [[File:New_dropdown_button.JPG]] boxes) or type in the information if it is not present.

=== Fields ===

Advertiser - This is the advertiser that this particular Design belongs to.

Barcode - If the Design has a barcode associated with it, this barcode value can be entered here.

Brand - If the Design is for a specific brand for the advertiser (e.g. Ford can have multiple brands, Mustang, Explorer, etc.), this information can be recorded.

Code - The Code allows you to have a "short form" name for the Design, to be used throughout the software.

Cutout - If the Design is accompanied by a cutout, this can be identified here.

Destroy On - This is the date you wish to remove all remaining copies of this Design from your Plants.

Extension - If the Design is accompanied by an extension, this can be identified here.

Media Type - This allows you to specify which media type this Design is for.

Name - This is the name or description of the Design. This will be printed on posting cards/instruction lists and is used elsewhere throughout the software to identify what Design is being used.

Plants - In this pane you can identify the Plant and which Bin (storage area) this Design resides in. In the example above, the "Adidas Sportswear (Women)" Design can be found in Bin "23" in the "San Francisco" Plant.

Retired On - If you do not destroy your Designs but return them to your client, you can enter that date here. You can then filter this Design out of your current inventory.

Size - This allows you to specify the size of the Design. This is especially useful if the Design is an odd or irregular size.

Take Down On - This allows you to enter the date that time sensitive copy must be covered or removed. Typical applications include any time a special sale is being promoted by a client, or when a major event that is being advertised has concluded. Filters can be created to identify any currently posted copy that has an upcoming take down date.

== Images ==
The Images Page is where photos, video and Surround View images can be stored for the Design. You can create a multimedia library showing the creative for each design.

[[File:New_Design_Images.JPG]]

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Images pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new multimedia item for this Design. A window will appear where you can select the desired file, and you can provide a description to identify what this file is. This descriptor will appear in the left pane of the window.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete a multimedia item from this Design. Highlight the item in the left pane of the window, and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Change the Name or the image of a multimedia item. Highlight the item and click the properties button; from here you can change the image by clicking on the Tools menu and selecting Load image.

[[File:New_save_button.JPG]]- Save the image to your computer or network drives. Highlight the item in the left pane of the window, and click on the Save As button.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

The left pane of the window lists all the multimedia items that have been stored for this design. The right pane of the window is where the item can be viewed.

=== Fields ===

Preview - Click the Preview check box on to see the highlighted image.

Primary image - This is the image added to a report that displays an image of the Design.

== Inventory ==
The Design Inventory Page provides information on the quantities that should have been and actually are available for any given date. This allows you to forecast whether you have a sufficient quantity of copy available for upcoming campaigns.

[[File:New_Design_Inventory.JPG]]

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the inventory counts, in the event changes to the planned and actual inventory have occured since you visited this page.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

=== Fields ===

As of - The As of date allows you to select any date to see expected inventory quantities. Ad Manager will determine the number of copies that will be used by that date, and determine the number still available, by Plant as well as the total number available. Select the desired date and Ad Manager will update the numbers automatically.

== Notes ==
In addition to storing the other information related to a Design, Ad Manager allows the user to maintain notes about any Design for future reference.

[[File:New_Design_Notes.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

Click in the pane to enter information. Once you have finished entering your note, click on the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

== Posting Task ==
The Design Posting Tasks Page provides users with the ability to see a listing of all Posting Tasks that are related to this Design.

[[File:New_Design_Posting_Tasks.JPG]]

Tool buttons on the main Design - Details Screen:

[[File:New_update_button.JPG]]- The Update button allows you to select one or more Posting Tasks and update the Posting Task information for them. For more information on using the Update button, see Change or Remove Posting Information.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Allows you to delete the highlighted Posting Task(s).

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- To enter or modify posting completion information from this window, highlight the desired posting task and select the properties button. From the Posting Task Details window you can enter the posting information as appropriate. If you want to enter multiple Posting Tasks for this Subcontract, use the SHIFT or CTRL key while selecting the desired Posting Tasks. Right click and select "Update". From this screen you can enter the information that you want to apply to all selected Posting Tasks.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

To filter for specific Posting Tasks or Faces, click on Filter and select your criteria. If the list is filtered, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Design_Posting_Tasks_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of Posting Tasks will display this menu. From here you can update posting information for the specified Face(s), or go to the appropriate item.

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Update - This allows you to enter posting related information (including Completion information) for the highlighted Faces.

Assign Billposter - Allows you to identify the Billposter who will be responsible for posting the copy. When producing posting cards/instructions, you can filter to find only those items that have been scheduled for a particular Billposter.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

== Scheduling History ==
The Scheduling History Page provides information on when and where this Design is scheduled to be posted.

[[File:New_Design_Scheduling_History.JPG]]

Tool buttons on the Design - Details Screen:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the activities in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of activities, in the event changes to the activities have occurred since you visited this page.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

The pane will display all Face schedules that will occur for this Design (unless this list has been filtered).

From this screen you can use Filter to display only Face schedules that meet a certain criteria. If the list is filtered, a check mark will appear in the Filter box.To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Design_Scheduling_History_right_click.JPG]]

- When you right click in the pane, Ad Manager allows you to undertake various functions related to scheduling.

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Update - The Update menu item allows you to to modify a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted schedules.

Copy To Flight - This will allow you to copy (transcribe) the highlighted schedules from this Subcontract flight to any other flight for any Subcontract. Ad Manager will check to ensure the Face(s) is/are available and suitable on the new Subcontract flight.

Copy to Multiple Flights - This will allow you to copy (transcribe) the highlighted schedules from this Subcontract flight to other flights for other Subcontracts (instead of copying them one at a time). Ad Manager will check to ensure the Face(s) is/are available and suitable on the new Subcontract flights.

New Task - This will allow you to create a new posting of the same copy on a different date for this Subcontract or create a Take-Down record for the highlighted Face(s).

Create Take-Down Task - This feature allows you to inform Ad Manager to create a task that will generate a Posting Card/Instruction that will remove the existing copy and not replace it with new copy. You can specify the date that this Take-Down will occur.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

== Subcontracts ==
Type topic text here.

Design

2013-08-05T00:26:34Z

Administrator:

The Design database allows you to track the physical inventory of Designs that are received by your company.

== Activity ==
The Design Activity Page allows you to view any activity related to Designs arriving or leaving the Plants, including scheduled removals.

[[File:New_Design_Activity.JPG]]

Tool buttons on the top of the Design - Details Screen:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the activities in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of activities, in the event changes to the activities have occurred since you visited this page.

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Activity pane are:

([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) - Allows you to enter Received, Shipped, Stored or Destroyed Design Activities.

([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]])- Allows you to delete Received, Shipped, Stored or Destroyed Design Activities.

([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]) - Allows you to modify Received, Shipped, Stored or Destroyed Design Activities.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Design Activities to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Design Activities for a certain date, a certain plant, a certain supplier, etc. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Design_Activity_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of Design activities will display this menu. From here you can make changes to the activity records, or change the view parameters.

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

== Attachments ==
The Attachments Page is where documents can be stored pertaining to the Design. You can create a document library showing different files or documents, of any file type (TXT, DOC, XLS, PDF), with each Design. Artwork Approvals and late paper notices are a couple of examples of what can be saved here.

[[File:New_Design_Attachments.JPG]]

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Attachments pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new item for this Design. A window will appear where you can select the desired file.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete an item from this Design. Highlight the item, and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Open the document or File item. Highlight the item and click the properties button.

[[File:New_save_button.JPG]]- Save the item to your computer or network drives. Highlight the item, and click on the Save As button.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

== Details ==
The Details Page is where information about the Design is stored. Information on the Design name, where to find it and how to use it are kept on this page.

[[File:New_Design_Details.JPG]]

Buttons on the Details Page specific to the Plants:

([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) - Allows you to enter/select the Plant where this Design is stored and the Bin information for that Plant where this Design is stored.

([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]])- Allows you to delete the highlighted Plant from this Design.

([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]) - Allows you to modify the Bin information for the highlighted Plant.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

Fill in the appropriate information for each field. Select the appropriate item from any of the drop down lists (in the [[File:New_dropdown_button.JPG]] boxes) or type in the information if it is not present.

=== Fields ===

Advertiser - This is the advertiser that this particular Design belongs to.

Barcode - If the Design has a barcode associated with it, this barcode value can be entered here.

Brand - If the Design is for a specific brand for the advertiser (e.g. Ford can have multiple brands, Mustang, Explorer, etc.), this information can be recorded.

Code - The Code allows you to have a "short form" name for the Design, to be used throughout the software.

Cutout - If the Design is accompanied by a cutout, this can be identified here.

Destroy On - This is the date you wish to remove all remaining copies of this Design from your Plants.

Extension - If the Design is accompanied by an extension, this can be identified here.

Media Type - This allows you to specify which media type this Design is for.

Name - This is the name or description of the Design. This will be printed on posting cards/instruction lists and is used elsewhere throughout the software to identify what Design is being used.

Plants - In this pane you can identify the Plant and which Bin (storage area) this Design resides in. In the example above, the "Adidas Sportswear (Women)" Design can be found in Bin "23" in the "San Francisco" Plant.

Retired On - If you do not destroy your Designs but return them to your client, you can enter that date here. You can then filter this Design out of your current inventory.

Size - This allows you to specify the size of the Design. This is especially useful if the Design is an odd or irregular size.

Take Down On - This allows you to enter the date that time sensitive copy must be covered or removed. Typical applications include any time a special sale is being promoted by a client, or when a major event that is being advertised has concluded. Filters can be created to identify any currently posted copy that has an upcoming take down date.

== Images ==
The Images Page is where photos, video and Surround View images can be stored for the Design. You can create a multimedia library showing the creative for each design.

[[File:New_Design_Images.JPG]]

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the Images pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new multimedia item for this Design. A window will appear where you can select the desired file, and you can provide a description to identify what this file is. This descriptor will appear in the left pane of the window.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete a multimedia item from this Design. Highlight the item in the left pane of the window, and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Change the Name or the image of a multimedia item. Highlight the item and click the properties button; from here you can change the image by clicking on the Tools menu and selecting Load image.

[[File:New_save_button.JPG]]- Save the image to your computer or network drives. Highlight the item in the left pane of the window, and click on the Save As button.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

The left pane of the window lists all the multimedia items that have been stored for this design. The right pane of the window is where the item can be viewed.

=== Fields ===

Preview - Click the Preview check box on to see the highlighted image.

Primary image - This is the image added to a report that displays an image of the Design.

== Inventory ==
The Design Inventory Page provides information on the quantities that should have been and actually are available for any given date. This allows you to forecast whether you have a sufficient quantity of copy available for upcoming campaigns.

[[File:New_Design_Inventory.JPG]]

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the inventory counts, in the event changes to the planned and actual inventory have occured since you visited this page.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

=== Fields ===

As of - The As of date allows you to select any date to see expected inventory quantities. Ad Manager will determine the number of copies that will be used by that date, and determine the number still available, by Plant as well as the total number available. Select the desired date and Ad Manager will update the numbers automatically.

== Notes ==
In addition to storing the other information related to a Design, Ad Manager allows the user to maintain notes about any Design for future reference.

[[File:New_Design_Notes.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

Click in the pane to enter information. Once you have finished entering your note, click on the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

== Posting Task ==
The Design Posting Tasks Page provides users with the ability to see a listing of all Posting Tasks that are related to this Design.

[[File:New_Design_Posting_Tasks.JPG]]

Tool buttons on the main Design - Details Screen:

[[File:New_update_button.JPG]]- The Update button allows you to select one or more Posting Tasks and update the Posting Task information for them. For more information on using the Update button, see Change or Remove Posting Information.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Allows you to delete the highlighted Posting Task(s).

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- To enter or modify posting completion information from this window, highlight the desired posting task and select the properties button. From the Posting Task Details window you can enter the posting information as appropriate. If you want to enter multiple Posting Tasks for this Subcontract, use the SHIFT or CTRL key while selecting the desired Posting Tasks. Right click and select "Update". From this screen you can enter the information that you want to apply to all selected Posting Tasks.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

To filter for specific Posting Tasks or Faces, click on Filter and select your criteria. If the list is filtered, a check mark will appear in the Filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Design_Posting_Tasks_right_click.JPG]]

- Right clicking on the list of Posting Tasks will display this menu. From here you can update posting information for the specified Face(s), or go to the appropriate item.

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Update - This allows you to enter posting related information (including Completion information) for the highlighted Faces.

Assign Billposter - Allows you to identify the Billposter who will be responsible for posting the copy. When producing posting cards/instructions, you can filter to find only those items that have been scheduled for a particular Billposter.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

== Scheduling History ==
The Scheduling History Page provides information on when and where this Design is scheduled to be posted.

[[File:New_Design_Scheduling_History.JPG]]

Tool buttons on the Design - Details Screen:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the activities in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of activities, in the event changes to the activities have occurred since you visited this page.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Design|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Design Tools Menu|click here]].

The pane will display all Face schedules that will occur for this Design (unless this list has been filtered).

From this screen you can use Filter to display only Face schedules that meet a certain criteria. If the list is filtered, a check mark will appear in the Filter box.To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

=== Right Click ===

[[File:New_Design_Scheduling_History_right_click.JPG]]

- When you right click in the pane, Ad Manager allows you to undertake various functions related to scheduling.

To change the information being viewed in the list, simply right click in the list, and choose Customize Current View. To change the sort order, simply right click in the list, and choose Order.

Update - The Update menu item allows you to to modify a property (or properties) for one or more highlighted schedules.

Copy To Flight - This will allow you to copy (transcribe) the highlighted schedules from this Subcontract flight to any other flight for any Subcontract. Ad Manager will check to ensure the Face(s) is/are available and suitable on the new Subcontract flight.

Copy to Multiple Flights - This will allow you to copy (transcribe) the highlighted schedules from this Subcontract flight to other flights for other Subcontracts (instead of copying them one at a time). Ad Manager will check to ensure the Face(s) is/are available and suitable on the new Subcontract flights.

New Task - This will allow you to create a new posting of the same copy on a different date for this Subcontract or create a Take-Down record for the highlighted Face(s).

Create Take-Down Task - This feature allows you to inform Ad Manager to create a task that will generate a Posting Card/Instruction that will remove the existing copy and not replace it with new copy. You can specify the date that this Take-Down will occur.

Go To - The Go To feature allows you to open a window for the appropriate item for the highlighted record.

== Subcontracts ==
Type topic text here.

DMAs

2013-08-05T00:25:22Z

Administrator:

== DMA ==
The DMA (Demographic Metropolitan Area) database is used to store information about the DMAs.

=== Adding a New DMA ===

To add a new DMA, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select DMA. The DMA Details Window will appear, and a new DMA can be entered.

[[File:New_New_DMA.JPG]]

=== Modifying a DMA ===

To modify a DMA, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a DMA ===

To delete a DMA, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the DMA.

Suppliers

2013-08-05T00:23:33Z

Administrator:

== Design Suppliers ==
The SUPPLIERS database contains a listing of all suppliers that send designs to your plant. This allows users who track design arrivals to identify which supplier sent each design.

=== Adding a Supplier ===

To add a new Supplier, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Supplier. The Supplier Details Window will appear, and a new Supplier can be entered.

[[File:New_New_Supplier.JPG]]

Contact information for the supplier can be added from the Contacts page.

=== Modifying a Supplier ===

To modify a Supplier, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Supplier ===

To delete a Supplier, there must be no designs associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the supplier.

Countries

2013-08-05T00:22:55Z

Administrator:

== Country ==
The COUNTRY database allows users to identify which country a site is located in. This field is useful in identifying where a Site is situated if you have sites in multiple countries.

=== Adding a New Country ===

To add a new Country, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Country. The Country Details Window will appear, and a new Country can be entered.

=== Modifying a Country ===

To modify a Country, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Country ===

To delete a Country, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the country.

Counties

2013-08-05T00:22:29Z

Administrator:

== Counties ==
The COUNTY/REGION database is also used in the LOCATIONS database to identify where a structure is located. This information is used throughout the reporting and posting cards to further assist in describing the location.

=== Adding a New County/Region ===

To add a new County, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select County. The County Details Window will appear, and a new County can be entered. A county can be associated with a state and/or country if desired.

[[File:New_New_County.JPG]]

=== Modifying a County/Region ===

To modify a County/Region, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a County/Region ===

To delete a County/Region, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the county/region.

Contacts

2013-08-05T00:21:53Z

Administrator:

== Contacts ==
The Contacts Database allows you to maintain a central listing of all your key contacts.

=== Adding a New Contact ===

To add a new Contact, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Contact. The Contact Details Window will appear, and a new Contact can be entered. You can also select the address information, along with any Notes you may wish to include about the individual on the Notes page.

[[File:New_New_Person.JPG]]

=== Modifying a Contact ===

To modify a Contact, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Contact ===

To delete a Contact, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the contact.

Cities

2013-08-05T00:21:26Z

Administrator:

== Cities ==
The CITY option contains a listing of all valid cities/municipalities/towns for advertising structures to be located. This is used in the LOCATIONS database, as well as on posting cards and reports produced by Ad Manager.

=== Adding a New City ===

To add a new City, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select City. The City Details Window will appear, and a new City can be entered. You can also select the County, State and Country that this city is associated with.

[[File:New_New_City.JPG]]

=== Modifying a City ===

To modify a City, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a City ===

To delete a City, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the city.

Brands

2013-08-05T00:19:24Z

Administrator:

== Brand ==
Ad Manager allows you to identify which brand the advertiser is selling in a particular campaign. For example, Ford Motor Company may be promoting the Mustang brand in a particular campaign.

=== Adding a New Brand ===

To add a new Brand, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Brand. The Brand Details Window will appear, and a new Brand can be entered.

[[File:New_New_Brand.JPG]]

=== Modifying a Brand ===

To modify a Brand, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Brand ===

To delete an Area, there must be no advertisers associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the area.

Billposter

2013-08-05T00:18:39Z

Administrator:

Page for Billposter

== Bill Posters ==
This database contains the name for each billposter team or individual billposter.

=== Entering a New Billposter ===

To add a new Billposter, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Billposter. The [[Billposter#Details|Billposter Details Window]] will appear, and information for a new Billposter can be entered.

Ad Manager allows you to enter employee related information for a Billposter including address and contact information on the Details page. The Financial page can be used to enter additional information related to the Billposter's rates,etc. Ad Manager also allows you to track how to ship copy to the Billposter (Shipping page) and a substitute Billposter to use in the event this Billposter is not available (Substitute page).

=== Modifying a Billposter ===

To modify a Billposter, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Billposter ===

To delete a Billposter, there must be no postings associated with them. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the Billposter.

== Contacts ==
The Contacts Page is used to enter information referring to all Contact people if the Billposter is a team or company instead of an individual.

[[File:New_Billposter_Contacts.JPG]]

Tool buttons specific to the Contacts Page:

[[File:New_customize_button.JPG]]- Customize Current View allows you to select the columns to display and the order to display them in.

[[File:New_order_button.JPG]]- Order allows you to sort the list of Contacts on the Billposter in the desired order.

[[File:New_refresh_button.JPG]]- The Refresh button will reload the list of Contacts, in the event changes to the number of Contacts has occurred since you visited this page.

The pane in the window shows a listing of all Contacts that are assigned to this Billposter. The functions available through the buttons immediately above the pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Contact to the Billposter. Click on this button and either select an existing Name from the list or create a new record by choosing < New >.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete the highlighted Contact from the Billposter.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Edit the information for the highlighted Contact.

For additional information on buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Billposter|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Billposter Tools Menu|click here]].

The Filter check box allows you to filter the listing of Contacts to show only those that meet a certain criteria. When selected, a filter screen will appear, allowing you to choose to see Contacts with a certain Name, Phone number, or Address. When a filter is active, a check mark will appear in the filter box. To clear the filter and see all records, click on Filter, then the Clear button on the Filter screen, followed by the OK button.

== Details ==
The Details Page is where information about the Billposter is displayed. This page contains the name and contact information for each Billposter team or individual billposter, as well as the posting routes and maintenance route they are responsible for. The Billposter database is found in Other - All Billposters.

[[File:New_Billposter_Details.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Billposter|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Billposter Tools Menu|click here]].

Fill in the appropriate information for each field. Select the appropriate item from any of the drop down lists (in the [[File:New_dropdown_button.JPG]] boxes) or type in the information if it is not present.

Tool buttons specific to the Posting Routes section of the Details Page:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Posting Route for this Billposter. A window will appear where you can select the desired route. Multiple Routes can be added for a Billposter.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete a Posting route from this Billposter. Highlight the item and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Change the information associated with the highlighted Posting Route.

=== Fields ===

Address: This is the mailing address for the Billposter. To add the Address, click on the ellipsis ([[File:New_ellipsis.JPG]]) for the Address Builder window and fill in the information accordingly.

E-mail Address: This is the Billposter's e-mail address.

Home telephone #: This is the Billposter's home phone number.

Maintenance Route: This is where you identify which maintenance route this Billposter is assigned to.

Name: This is the name of the Billposter or Billposting Team.

Number: This is an internal Employee number assigned to the Billposter. This is a manditory field in Ad Manager. You can not save the record with this field left blank.

Other telephone #: This is an alternative phone number (i.e. Cell) for the Billposter.

Posting Routes: This is where you identify the name of the group of Faces or geographic areas this Billposter is responsible for posting.

Registration Number: This is a number assigned to the Billposter for payroll purposes. For example, a Social Security Number.

Work telephone #: This is the office number of this Billposter.

== Financial ==
The Financial Page is where information about the Billposter's pay roll is displayed. Information such as employment start dates, termination dates, pay rates and allowances are found on this page.

[[File:New_Billposter_Financial.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Billposter|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Billposter Tools Menu|click here]].

Fill in the appropriate information for each field. Select the appropriate item from any of the drop down lists (in the [[File:New_dropdown_button.JPG]] boxes) or type in the information if it is not present.

Tool buttons specific to the Allowance history and Posting rates sections of the Financial Page:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- Add a new Allowance or Posting rate item for this Billposter. A window will appear where you can add the allowance value and as of date or select the desired media type and enter the posting rate. Multiple Allowances and Posting rates can be added for a Billposter.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- Delete an Allowance or Posting rate from this Billposter. Highlight the item and click the Delete button.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Change the information associated with the highlighted Allowance/Posting rate.

=== Fields ===

Allowance history: This pane allows you to track any allowances that this Billposter is entitled to by entering the amount of the allowance and the date this rate takes effect. To add an Allowance for the Billposter, select the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button and enter the amount of the Allowance in the Value field and the date this Allowance becomes effective in the As of field.

Bank Account Number: This is the Bank Account Number for direct deposit of pay checks for this Billposter.

Employed On: This is the Billposter's first day of employment.

P.O. Account Number: This is the Post Office account number if you are paying for a P.O. Box for this employee.

Posting Rates: This pane allows you to track any monies allotted to this Billposter if he is paid by each installation performed instead of by salary. You can distinguish the rate of posting paid by media type. To add a Posting rate to the Billposter, select the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button and choose the desired Media Type. If the Media Type is not listed, you can add one by clicking on <NEW> at the top of the pulldown list.

Terminated On: This is the Billposter's last day of employment.

== Notes ==
The Notes Page allows you to store financial and general notes about the Billposter.

[[File:New_Billposter_Notes.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Billposter|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Billposter Tools Menu|click here]].

If you wish to enter a Finance note for the Billposter, click in the Finance notes field and type the appropriate information.

If you wish to enter a general note for the Billposter, click in the Notes pane and type the appropriate information. It is suggested that when entering information on this page you date it, enter the note and initial it, that way you can see when the note was entered and by whom. It is also suggested that you keep the most current note at the top.

== Shipping ==
The Shipping Page is where you can track how and where to ship copy to the Billposter.

[[File:New_Billposter_Shipping.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Billposter|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Billposter Tools Menu|click here]].

=== Fields ===

Address: This is the shipping address for the Billposter. To add the Address, click on the ellipsis ([[File:New_ellipsis.JPG]]) for the Address Builder window and fill in the information accordingly.

Delivery Code: This field can be used to designate a code for the shipping warehouse.

Delivery Method: This field allows you to specify how deliveries should be made.

Delivery Terminal: This is where the terminal where delivery should be made.

Name: This is the name of the Warehouse or Storage facility.

== Substitute ==
The Substitute Page is where information about a replacement Billposter can be added in the event the regular Billposter is unavailable.

[[File:New_Billposter_Substitute.JPG]]

For information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Billposter|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Billposter Tools Menu|click here]].

Fill in the appropriate information for each field. Select the appropriate item from any of the drop down lists (in the [[File:New_dropdown_button.JPG]] boxes) or type in the information if it is not present.

=== Fields ===

Address: This is the mailing address for the Substitute.

Availability: This is the start date, duration and end date of the Substitute's availability to work.

Substitute: This is where you can select the name of the Substitute from a listing of contacts.

== User Fields ==
Ad Manager allows users to create their own fields to store information for use throughout the program. These User fields can be filtered on when doing a find.

[[File:New_Billposter_User_fields.JPG]]

The functions available through the buttons immediately above the User Fields pane are:

[[File:New_add_button.JPG]]- The New button allows you to create a new User field. When a User field is created, Ad Manager creates it for every Billposter.

[[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]- The Delete button allows you to delete the highlighted User field. When a User field is deleted, it is deleted from every Billposter.

[[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]- Clicking the Properties button will allow you to change the name of the highlighted User field. When the name of a User field is changed, it is changed for every Billposter.

For additional information on the buttons that appear at the top of the window, [[Buttons#Billposter|click here]]. For information on the menu items that appear under the Tools menu, [[FAQ and General Info#Billposter Tools Menus|click here]].

To change the value assigned to a User field, double click the User field to edit, and type the new value in. Press the Enter key on your keyboard to save your change. Every User field does not need to be filled in for a Billposter, only those items that relate to this particular Billposter.

Areas

2013-08-05T00:17:57Z

Administrator:

== Areas ==
This database has a listing of all valid area names. Areas are the smallest user-defined portions of a market. Areas can be combined in different ways to form market definitions. Areas are used for geographic charting/skewing purposes not demographic definitions. Demographic definitions are best left to Advertiser/Group definitions on a face by face basis. For more information on Areas, [[Areas|click here]].

=== Adding a New Area ===

To add a new Area, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Area. The Area Details Window will appear, and a new area can be entered.

[[File:New_New_Area.JPG]]

=== Modifying an Area ===

To modify an Area, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting an Area ===

To delete an Area, there must be no faces associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the area.

Areas

2013-08-05T00:15:37Z

Administrator:

How To Page for Supporting Databases.

== Adding Area Distribution Factor ==
Each market is defined as a combination of smaller areas. Each area can in turn be part of more than one market. For more information on the definition of areas within a market see [[FAQ and General Info#What is an Area?|What is an Area?]]

For each specific market you must enter a default percentage distribution that represents the number of faces located in each area in relation to all areas within the market definition. For example if 15% of all faces in a market are physically located in the southeast area of the market the distribution factor of 15% should be set for the southeast area.

When a market is identified on a Subcontract the system automatically assumes that the faces on the subcontract should be distributed among the areas of the market using the default percentage distribution (this can be modified for specific subcontracts see [[Contract How To#Adding a Subcontract|Adding a Subcontract]] for more information).

To enter the default area distribution for each market go the Ad Manager Explorer window, open the Other Databases folder and click on All Markets. Double click the desired name on the right side of the screen. Once selected the user will see the following Market Detail screen:

[[File:New_Other_Market_Detail.JPG]]

To add a new area to the market definition click on the New button ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) on the Details Tab and select the area to be added. The area must already be in system in order to add it to a market. A percentage distribution for that area also needs to be entered. Note that the percentages must add up to 100%. Ad Manager will proportionately adjust any figures entered to total 100%.

If you are modifying previously entered areas double click on the existing percentage to the right of the area that requires changing or click on the area name and select the properties button ([[File:New_properties_button.JPG]]) to enter the new number.

== Areas ==
This database has a listing of all valid area names. Areas are the smallest user-defined portions of a market. Areas can be combined in different ways to form market definitions. Areas are used for geographic charting/skewing purposes not demographic definitions. Demographic definitions are best left to Advertiser/Group definitions on a face by face basis. For more information on Areas, [[Areas|click here]].

=== Adding a New Area ===

To add a new Area, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Area. The Area Details Window will appear, and a new area can be entered.

[[File:New_New_Area.JPG]]

=== Modifying an Area ===

To modify an Area, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting an Area ===

To delete an Area, there must be no faces associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the area.

== Bill Posters ==
This database contains the name for each billposter team or individual billposter.

=== Entering a New Billposter ===

To add a new Billposter, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Billposter. The [[Billposter#Details|Billposter Details Window]] will appear, and information for a new Billposter can be entered.

Ad Manager allows you to enter employee related information for a Billposter including address and contact information on the Details page. The Financial page can be used to enter additional information related to the Billposter's rates,etc. Ad Manager also allows you to track how to ship copy to the Billposter (Shipping page) and a substitute Billposter to use in the event this Billposter is not available (Substitute page).

=== Modifying a Billposter ===

To modify a Billposter, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Billposter ===

To delete a Billposter, there must be no postings associated with them. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the Billposter.

== Brand ==
Ad Manager allows you to identify which brand the advertiser is selling in a particular campaign. For example, Ford Motor Company may be promoting the Mustang brand in a particular campaign.

=== Adding a New Brand ===

To add a new Brand, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Brand. The Brand Details Window will appear, and a new Brand can be entered.

[[File:New_New_Brand.JPG]]

=== Modifying a Brand ===

To modify a Brand, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Brand ===

To delete an Area, there must be no advertisers associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the area.

== Categories ==
The CATEGORY database contains a listing of all valid advertising and condition categories in Ad Manager. These CATEGORIES are used to assist in the determination of any advertiser or condition conflicts within the line of sight or with the surrounding environment during the charting process.

=== Adding a New Category ===

To add a new Category, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Category. The Category Details Window will appear, and a new Category can be entered.

=== Modifying a Category ===

To modify a Category, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Category ===

To delete a Category, there must be no advertisers associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the category.

== Cities ==
The CITY option contains a listing of all valid cities/municipalities/towns for advertising structures to be located. This is used in the LOCATIONS database, as well as on posting cards and reports produced by Ad Manager.

=== Adding a New City ===

To add a new City, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select City. The City Details Window will appear, and a new City can be entered. You can also select the County, State and Country that this city is associated with.

[[File:New_New_City.JPG]]

=== Modifying a City ===

To modify a City, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a City ===

To delete a City, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the city.

== Contacts ==
The Contacts Database allows you to maintain a central listing of all your key contacts.

=== Adding a New Contact ===

To add a new Contact, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Contact. The Contact Details Window will appear, and a new Contact can be entered. You can also select the address information, along with any Notes you may wish to include about the individual on the Notes page.

[[File:New_New_Person.JPG]]

=== Modifying a Contact ===

To modify a Contact, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Contact ===

To delete a Contact, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the contact.

== Counties ==
The COUNTY/REGION database is also used in the LOCATIONS database to identify where a structure is located. This information is used throughout the reporting and posting cards to further assist in describing the location.

=== Adding a New County/Region ===

To add a new County, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select County. The County Details Window will appear, and a new County can be entered. A county can be associated with a state and/or country if desired.

[[File:New_New_County.JPG]]

=== Modifying a County/Region ===

To modify a County/Region, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a County/Region ===

To delete a County/Region, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the county/region.

== Country ==
The COUNTRY database allows users to identify which country a site is located in. This field is useful in identifying where a Site is situated if you have sites in multiple countries.

=== Adding a New Country ===

To add a new Country, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Country. The Country Details Window will appear, and a new Country can be entered.

=== Modifying a Country ===

To modify a Country, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Country ===

To delete a Country, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the country.

== Design Suppliers ==
The SUPPLIERS database contains a listing of all suppliers that send designs to your plant. This allows users who track design arrivals to identify which supplier sent each design.

=== Adding a Supplier ===

To add a new Supplier, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Supplier. The Supplier Details Window will appear, and a new Supplier can be entered.

[[File:New_New_Supplier.JPG]]

Contact information for the supplier can be added from the Contacts page.

=== Modifying a Supplier ===

To modify a Supplier, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Supplier ===

To delete a Supplier, there must be no designs associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the supplier.

== DMA ==
The DMA (Demographic Metropolitan Area) database is used to store information about the DMAs.

=== Adding a New DMA ===

To add a new DMA, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select DMA. The DMA Details Window will appear, and a new DMA can be entered.

[[File:New_New_DMA.JPG]]

=== Modifying a DMA ===

To modify a DMA, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a DMA ===

To delete a DMA, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the DMA.

== DMAs ==
The DMA database is used to store information on each DMA.

=== Adding a New DMA ===

To add a new DMA, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select DMA. The DMA Details Window will appear, and a new DMA can be entered.

=== Modifying a DMA ===

To modify a DMA, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Design ===

To delete a DMA, there must be no site associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the DMA.

== Face Size ==
This database contains a listing of all face sizes in your inventory.

=== Adding a New Face Size ===

To add a new Face Size, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Face Size. The Face Size Details Window will appear, and a new Face Size can be entered.

=== Modifying a Face Size ===

To modify a Face Size, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Face Size ===

To delete a Face Size, there must be no faces associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the face size.

== Job ==
Ad Manager allows you to enter different job types for tracking information in the system. Two jobs are already included with Ad Manager, "Bill Poster" and "Sales Person".

=== Adding a New Job ===

To add a new Job, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Job. The Job Details Window will appear, and a new Job can be entered.

=== Modifying a Job ===

To modify a Job, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Job ===

To delete a Job, there must be no persons associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the job.

== Lease ==
Ad Manager maintains a database of all leases that structures are assigned to. The lease information is used in a number of areas of the software. Additional information can be entered.

=== Adding a New Lease ===

To add a new Lease, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Lease. The [[Leases#Details|Lease Details Window]] will appear, and a new Lease can be entered. Contact details can be entered on the Contacts page.

=== Modifying a Lease ===

To modify a Lease, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Lease ===

To delete a Lease, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the lease.

== Maintenance Route ==
The Maintenance Route database provides you with the ability to set up Maintenance Routes for your crews. When maintenance incidents are printed for resolution, they can be sorted by Maintenance Route for easy assignment of work.

=== Adding a New Maintenance Route ===

To add a new Maintenance Route, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Maintenance Route. The Maintenance Route Details Window will appear, and a new Maintenance Route can be entered.

=== Modifying a Maintenance Route ===

To modify a Maintenance Route, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Maintenance Route ===

To delete a Maintenance Route, there must be no faces associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the maintenance route.

== Markets ==
Markets are regions for which contracts are sold; a market is made up of one or more different [[Areas|AREAS]].

The MARKETS database is used when creating and charting a contract. When inputting a contract, a market (consisting of areas) is selected to provide the client with an agreed upon distribution of faces in their target area(s). When charting, the MARKETS database is accessed to determine what distribution of faces within each area in the market should be provided according to the market definition. This will either avoid or allow skewings of each campaign to certain areas. These are default distributions for each market defined. The percentages can be modified on a per contract basis.

=== Adding a New Market ===

To add a new Market, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Market. The Market Details Window will appear, and a new Market can be entered.

[[File:New_New_Market.JPG]]

Population information is entered on the Population page. The new population will take affect based on the AS OF date. Population figures will affect GRP values for faces on existing and planned contracts.

[[File:New_Market_Population.JPG]]

For information on entering the Area Distribution Factors, [[Supporting Databases How To#Adding Area Distribution Factor|click here]].

=== Modifying a Market ===

To modify a Market, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

For information on modifying the Area Distribution Factors, [[Supporting Databases How To#Adding Area Distribution Factor|click here]]

=== Deleting a Market ===

To delete a Market, there must be no contracts associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the market.

== Media Buyer ==
This database allows you to enter in any Media Buyers that are involved. Ad Manager allows you to track information on which contracts are handled by each media buyer.

=== Adding a New Media Buyer ===

To add a new Media Buyer, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Media Buyer. The Media Buyer Details Window will appear, and a new Media Buyer can be entered.

=== Modifying a Media Buyer ===

To modify a Media Buyer, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Media Buyer ===

To delete a Media Buyer, there must be no contracts associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the media buyer.

== Mobile Route ==
=== Adding a New Mobile Route ===

To add a new Mobile Route, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Mobile Route. The Mobile Route Details Window will appear, and a new Mobile Route can be entered.

=== Modifying a Mobile Route ===

To modify a Mobile Route, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Mobile Route ===

To delete a Mobile Route, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the Mobile Route.

== Permit ==
The Permit database tracks all Permits issued for every site in your inventory. Information on when each Permit was requested, approved, expires and when the reapplication process should begin is all stored for quick and easy access.

=== Adding a New Permit ===

To add a new Permit, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Site Permit. The [[Permits#Details|Permit Details Window]] will appear, and a new Permit can be entered.

=== Modifying a Permit ===

To modify a Permit, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Permit ===

To delete a Permit, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then highlight the item you wish to delete. Click the Delete icon ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will not allow you to delete a Permit if it is already in use.

== Person ==
=== Adding a New Person ===

To add a new Person, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Person. The Person Details Window will appear, and a new Person can be entered. Click on the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button in the Jobs window, and select or add the desired Job. Click the Save([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button when you have finished.

[[File:New_New_Person.JPG]]

=== Modifying a Person ===

To modify a Person, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Person ===

To delete a Person, they must not be used elsewhere in Ad Manager. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the person.

== Place ==
The PLACE database contains the names of all shopping malls, airports or "people places" in which your plant has located advertising panels, and which you have input into the database. The place description information input here is used as the location description in the LOCATIONS database. All pedestrian facilities, such as sports stadia, movie theatres or hotel lobbies can also be input into this database.

=== Adding a New Place ===

To add a new Place, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Place. The Place Details Window will appear, and a new Place can be entered, along with the appropriate information.

[[File:New_New_Place.JPG]]

If you wish to add a Contact for the Place, go to the Contacts page and click the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button. Select the contact from the list, or click on <New...> to add a new contact.

=== Modifying a Place ===

To modify a Place, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Place ===

To delete a Place, there must be no Sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the place.

== Sales Office ==
The sales office allows users the ability to identify the sales/group office originating the contract. It could also be used to identify the type of contract or grouping of a contract as defined by the user.

=== Adding a New Sales Office ===

To add a new Sales Office, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Sales Office. The Sales Office Details Window will appear, and a new Sales Office can be entered.

=== Modifying a Sales Office ===

To modify a Sales Office, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Sales Office ===

To delete a Sales Office, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then highlight the item you wish to delete. Click the Delete icon ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will not allow you to delete a Sales Office if it is already in use.

== Site Permit ==
The Site Permit database tracks all Permits issued for every site in your inventory. Information on when each Permit was requested, approved, expires and when the reapplication process should begin is all stored for quick and easy access.

=== Adding a New Site Permit ===

To add a new Site Permit, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Site Permit. The Site Permit Details Window will appear, and a new Site Permit can be entered.

=== Modifying a Site Permit ===

To modify a Site Permit, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Site Permit ===

To delete a Site Permit, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then highlight the item you wish to delete. Click the Delete icon ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will not allow you to delete a Site Permit if it is already in use.

== States ==
The STATE/PROVINCE database is also used throughout Ad Manager in its reports and posting cards. These data are part of the LOCATION identification and especially valuable when charting in more than one state/province.

=== Adding a New State/Province ===

To add a new State, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select State. The State Details Window will appear, and a new State/Province can be entered. The State can be associated with a Country if desired.

=== Modifying a State/Province ===

To modify a State or Province, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a State/Province ===

To delete a State/Province, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then highlight the item you wish to delete. Click the Delete icon ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will not allow you to delete a State/Province if it is already in use.

== Unit Types ==
The UNIT TYPES database is used for inputting unit type information into the LOCATIONS database. The unit type typically refers to special conditions concerning the face itself. Examples would include a directory face for mall units, odd sized faces, units which are facing the wrong way on a one way street, or bulletins where no extensions are permitted.

=== Adding a New Unit Type ===

To add a new Unit Type, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Unit Type. The Unit Type Details Window will appear, and a new Unit Type can be entered.

=== Modifying A Unit Type ===

To modify a Unit Type, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Unit Type ===

To delete a Unit Type, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then highlight the item you wish to delete. Click the Delete icon ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]). Ad Manager will not allow you to delete a Unit Type if it is already in use.

== Utility Accounts ==
The UTILITY ACCOUNTS database allows you to track your utilities for each Site, including meter readings. You can also track and export your utility payments.

=== Entering a New Utility Account ===

To add a new Utility Account, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Utility Account. The [[Utility accounts#Details|Utility Account Details Window]] will appear, and information for a new Utility Account can be entered.

Ad Manager allows you to enter the Vendor, the Account Number and Description of the account, the meter number, the last reading taken, and the dates for when the account was opened and closed on the Details page. The Meter Readings page can be used to enter all the meter readings and the dates they were taken for this Utility Account. Ad Manager also allows you to track the Sites associated with this Utility Account (Sites page) and the payments made on this Utility Account (Payments page).

=== Modifying a Utility Account ===

To modify a Utility Account, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Utility Accounts ===

To delete a Utility Account, there must be no Sites or Payments associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the Utility Account.

== Utility Companies ==
The UTILITY COMPANIES database contains a listing of companies and/or people to whom you are making a Utility payment(s). Ad Manager uses this database when setting up a Utility Account and the data may be contained in a financial export.

=== Adding a Utility Company ===

To add a Utility Company, click the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, then select Utility Company. The [[Utility companies#Details|Utility Company Details]] window will appear, and a new Utility Company can be entered. Enter the Name of the Company, Business Phone Number, Business Fax Number and E-mail Address (as applicable). To add the Address information, click on the ellipsis ([[File:New_ellipsis.JPG]]) and enter the Street and/or Postal Box Number, City, State/Province, Zip/Postal Code and Country and then click OK.

On the Accounts page you can view all the Utility Accounts that belong with this Utility Company, or click on the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button to create a new Utility Account.

The Notes page allows the user to enter other information about the Utility Company, not contained on the Details page.

=== Modifying a Utility Company ===

To modify a Utility Company, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

NOTE: Caution should be taken when modifying the Name and/or Company field because Ad Manager will change ALL references to these fields no matter if the Utility Payments have already been exported. Ad Manager history will be changed when you modify these fields even though the users' Accounting Package will contain the original details. Should the user wish to maintain historical data, it is recommended that a new Utility Company be created as well as a new Utility Account.

=== Deleting a Utility Company ===

To delete a Utility Company, there must be no reference to it on an Utility Account. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the Utility Company.

Plants

2013-08-05T00:15:06Z

Administrator:

== All Plants ==
The PLANTS database contains the names of all Plants and satellite offices which you have input into the database. Designs can be retrieved from or returned to Plants.

=== Adding a New Plant ===

To add a new Plant, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Plant. The Plant Details Window will appear, and a new Plant can be entered.

[[File:New_New_Plant.JPG]]

=== Modifying a Plant ===

To modify a Plant, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Plant ===

To delete a Plant, there must be no Design or Posting related information associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the plant.

Neighbours

2013-08-05T00:14:37Z

Administrator:

== All Neighbours ==
This database allows you to maintain a listing of all stores that are currently referenced by Sites. This list can be accessed from any site, allowing you to specify which stores are near that particular site.

=== Adding a New Neighbor ===

To add a new Neighbor, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_new_button_without_arrow.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Neighbor. The Neighbor Details Window will appear, and a new Neighbor can be entered.

[[File:New_New_Neighbour.JPG]]

=== Modifying a Neighbor ===

To modify a Neighbor, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button.

=== Deleting a Neighbor ===

To delete a Neighbor, there must be no sites associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the Neighbor.

Advertisers

2013-08-05T00:12:48Z

Administrator:

== Advertisers ==
The ADVERTISERS database provides Ad Manager with a listing of all your clients. These clients must be placed into one of the appropriate [[Categories]] that are used when determining potential line of sight and location conflicts with other advertisers or the surrounding area.

=== Adding a New Advertiser ===

To add a new Advertiser, click on the arrow beside the New icon ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) for a list of items you can add. Select OTHER, and then select Advertiser. The Advertiser Details Window will appear, and a new advertiser can be entered.

[[File:New_New_Advertiser.JPG]]

The PRIMARY CATEGORY is the Group which this Advertiser is most associated with. Ad Manager allows for an advertiser to be added to other groups from the ADDITIONAL CATEGORIES box. To add another category, select the New([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button and choose the other category to assign this advertiser to.

=== Adding Advertiser Conflicts ===

Ad Manager allows you to identify any other advertisers or categories of advertisers that you do not wish to advertise in line of sight. If you wish to identify any advertisers or categories not to place in line of sight with this advertiser, select the Conflicts Page.

[[File:New_Advertiser_Conflicts.JPG]]

If you wish to add an Advertiser conflict, select the New([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button in the Advertiser portion of the window. From here, you can select the advertiser to add to your conflict list. If you wish to add a Category conflict, select the New ([[File:New_add_button.JPG]]) button from the Category portion of the window. From here, you can select the category to add to your conflict list.

=== Modifying an Advertiser ===

To modify an Advertiser, simply click the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item and make the change(s) necessary. Once you have finished, click the Save ([[File:New_save_button.JPG]]) button. Changes made will automatically be reflected throughout the software.

=== Deleting an Advertiser ===

To delete an Advertiser, there must be no Contracts, Designs or Brands associated with it. Select the database from the OTHER folder, then double click the desired item. Select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]) for the record. Ad Manager will ask you for confirmation to delete the advertiser.

=== Deleting Advertiser Conflicts ===

If you wish to remove a conflict that is listed for a given advertiser, you must first go to that advertiser and go to the Conflicts page. Highlight the advertiser or category you wish to remove the conflict for, and select the Delete button ([[File:New_delete_button.JPG]]).